Linux kernel mirror (for testing)
git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/torvalds/linux.git
kernel
os
linux
1#ifndef __LINUX_NL80211_H
2#define __LINUX_NL80211_H
3/*
4 * 802.11 netlink interface public header
5 *
6 * Copyright 2006-2010 Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
7 * Copyright 2008 Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net>
8 * Copyright 2008 Luis Carlos Cobo <luisca@cozybit.com>
9 * Copyright 2008 Michael Buesch <m@bues.ch>
10 * Copyright 2008, 2009 Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
11 * Copyright 2008 Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
12 * Copyright 2008 Colin McCabe <colin@cozybit.com>
13 * Copyright 2015-2017 Intel Deutschland GmbH
14 * Copyright (C) 2018-2026 Intel Corporation
15 *
16 * Permission to use, copy, modify, and/or distribute this software for any
17 * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
18 * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
19 *
20 * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
21 * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
22 * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
23 * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
24 * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
25 * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
26 * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
27 *
28 */
29
30/*
31 * This header file defines the userspace API to the wireless stack. Please
32 * be careful not to break things - i.e. don't move anything around or so
33 * unless you can demonstrate that it breaks neither API nor ABI.
34 *
35 * Additions to the API should be accompanied by actual implementations in
36 * an upstream driver, so that example implementations exist in case there
37 * are ever concerns about the precise semantics of the API or changes are
38 * needed, and to ensure that code for dead (no longer implemented) API
39 * can actually be identified and removed.
40 * Nonetheless, semantics should also be documented carefully in this file.
41 */
42
43#include <linux/types.h>
44
45#define NL80211_GENL_NAME "nl80211"
46
47#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_CONFIG "config"
48#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_SCAN "scan"
49#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_REG "regulatory"
50#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_MLME "mlme"
51#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_VENDOR "vendor"
52#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_NAN "nan"
53#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_TESTMODE "testmode"
54
55#define NL80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_MIN 4
56#define NL80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_MAX 15
57#define NL80211_EDMG_CHANNELS_MIN 1
58#define NL80211_EDMG_CHANNELS_MAX 0x3c /* 0b00111100 */
59
60/**
61 * DOC: Station handling
62 *
63 * Stations are added per interface, but a special case exists with VLAN
64 * interfaces. When a station is bound to an AP interface, it may be moved
65 * into a VLAN identified by a VLAN interface index (%NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN).
66 * The station is still assumed to belong to the AP interface it was added
67 * to.
68 *
69 * Station handling varies per interface type and depending on the driver's
70 * capabilities.
71 *
72 * For drivers supporting TDLS with external setup (WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS
73 * and WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP), the station lifetime is as follows:
74 * - a setup station entry is added, not yet authorized, without any rate
75 * or capability information; this just exists to avoid race conditions
76 * - when the TDLS setup is done, a single NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION is valid
77 * to add rate and capability information to the station and at the same
78 * time mark it authorized.
79 * - %NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK is then used
80 * - after this, the only valid operation is to remove it by tearing down
81 * the TDLS link (%NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK)
82 *
83 * TODO: need more info for other interface types
84 */
85
86/**
87 * DOC: Frame transmission/registration support
88 *
89 * Frame transmission and registration support exists to allow userspace
90 * management entities such as wpa_supplicant to react to management frames
91 * that are not being handled by the kernel. This includes, for example,
92 * certain classes of action frames that cannot be handled in the kernel
93 * for various reasons.
94 *
95 * Frame registration is done on a per-interface basis and registrations
96 * cannot be removed other than by closing the socket. It is possible to
97 * specify a registration filter to register, for example, only for a
98 * certain type of action frame. In particular with action frames, those
99 * that userspace registers for will not be returned as unhandled by the
100 * driver, so that the registered application has to take responsibility
101 * for doing that.
102 *
103 * The type of frame that can be registered for is also dependent on the
104 * driver and interface type. The frame types are advertised in wiphy
105 * attributes so applications know what to expect.
106 *
107 * NOTE: When an interface changes type while registrations are active,
108 * these registrations are ignored until the interface type is
109 * changed again. This means that changing the interface type can
110 * lead to a situation that couldn't otherwise be produced, but
111 * any such registrations will be dormant in the sense that they
112 * will not be serviced, i.e. they will not receive any frames.
113 *
114 * Frame transmission allows userspace to send for example the required
115 * responses to action frames. It is subject to some sanity checking,
116 * but many frames can be transmitted. When a frame is transmitted, its
117 * status is indicated to the sending socket.
118 *
119 * For more technical details, see the corresponding command descriptions
120 * below.
121 */
122
123/**
124 * DOC: Virtual interface / concurrency capabilities
125 *
126 * Some devices are able to operate with virtual MACs; they can have
127 * more than one virtual interface. The capability handling for this
128 * is a bit complex though, as there may be a number of restrictions
129 * on the types of concurrency that are supported.
130 *
131 * To start with, each device supports the interface types listed in
132 * the %NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES attribute, but by listing the
133 * types there no concurrency is implied.
134 *
135 * Once concurrency is desired, more attributes must be observed:
136 * To start with, since some interface types are purely managed in
137 * software, like the AP-VLAN type in mac80211 for example, there's
138 * an additional list of these; they can be added at any time and
139 * are only restricted by some semantic restrictions (e.g. AP-VLAN
140 * cannot be added without a corresponding AP interface). This list
141 * is exported in the %NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES attribute.
142 *
143 * Further, the list of supported combinations is exported. This is
144 * in the %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS attribute. Basically,
145 * it exports a list of "groups", and at any point in time the
146 * interfaces that are currently active must fall into any one of
147 * the advertised groups. Within each group, there are restrictions
148 * on the number of interfaces of different types that are supported
149 * and also the number of different channels, along with potentially
150 * some other restrictions. See &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs.
151 *
152 * All together, these attributes define the concurrency of virtual
153 * interfaces that a given device supports.
154 */
155
156/**
157 * DOC: packet coalesce support
158 *
159 * In most cases, host that receives IPv4 and IPv6 multicast/broadcast
160 * packets does not do anything with these packets. Therefore the
161 * reception of these unwanted packets causes unnecessary processing
162 * and power consumption.
163 *
164 * Packet coalesce feature helps to reduce number of received interrupts
165 * to host by buffering these packets in firmware/hardware for some
166 * predefined time. Received interrupt will be generated when one of the
167 * following events occurs.
168 * a) Expiration of hardware timer whose expiration time is set to maximum
169 * coalescing delay of matching coalesce rule.
170 * b) Coalescing buffer in hardware reaches its limit.
171 * c) Packet doesn't match any of the configured coalesce rules.
172 *
173 * User needs to configure following parameters for creating a coalesce
174 * rule.
175 * a) Maximum coalescing delay
176 * b) List of packet patterns which needs to be matched
177 * c) Condition for coalescence: pattern 'match' or 'no match'
178 * Multiple such rules can be created.
179 */
180
181/**
182 * DOC: WPA/WPA2 EAPOL handshake offload
183 *
184 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK flag drivers
185 * can indicate they support offloading EAPOL handshakes for WPA/WPA2
186 * preshared key authentication in station mode. In %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
187 * the preshared key should be specified using %NL80211_ATTR_PMK. Drivers
188 * supporting this offload may reject the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT when no
189 * preshared key material is provided, for example when that driver does
190 * not support setting the temporal keys through %NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY.
191 *
192 * Similarly @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X flag can be
193 * set by drivers indicating offload support of the PTK/GTK EAPOL
194 * handshakes during 802.1X authentication in station mode. In order to
195 * use the offload the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT should have
196 * %NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS attribute flag. Drivers supporting this
197 * offload may reject the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT when the attribute flag is
198 * not present.
199 *
200 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_AP_PSK flag drivers
201 * can indicate they support offloading EAPOL handshakes for WPA/WPA2
202 * preshared key authentication in AP mode. In %NL80211_CMD_START_AP
203 * the preshared key should be specified using %NL80211_ATTR_PMK. Drivers
204 * supporting this offload may reject the %NL80211_CMD_START_AP when no
205 * preshared key material is provided, for example when that driver does
206 * not support setting the temporal keys through %NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY.
207 *
208 * For 802.1X the PMK or PMK-R0 are set by providing %NL80211_ATTR_PMK
209 * using %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK. For offloaded FT support also
210 * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME must be provided.
211 */
212
213/**
214 * DOC: FILS shared key authentication offload
215 *
216 * FILS shared key authentication offload can be advertised by drivers by
217 * setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD flag. The drivers that support
218 * FILS shared key authentication offload should be able to construct the
219 * authentication and association frames for FILS shared key authentication and
220 * eventually do a key derivation as per IEEE 802.11ai. The below additional
221 * parameters should be given to driver in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and/or in
222 * %NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS.
223 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME - used to construct keyname_nai
224 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM - used to construct keyname_nai
225 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM - used to construct erp message
226 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK - used to generate the rIK and rMSK
227 * rIK should be used to generate an authentication tag on the ERP message and
228 * rMSK should be used to derive a PMKSA.
229 * rIK, rMSK should be generated and keyname_nai, sequence number should be used
230 * as specified in IETF RFC 6696.
231 *
232 * When FILS shared key authentication is completed, driver needs to provide the
233 * below additional parameters to userspace, which can be either after setting
234 * up a connection or after roaming.
235 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK - used for key renewal
236 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM - used in further EAP-RP exchanges
237 * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID - used to identify the PMKSA used/generated
238 * %Nl80211_ATTR_PMK - used to update PMKSA cache in userspace
239 * The PMKSA can be maintained in userspace persistently so that it can be used
240 * later after reboots or wifi turn off/on also.
241 *
242 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID is the cache identifier advertised by a FILS
243 * capable AP supporting PMK caching. It specifies the scope within which the
244 * PMKSAs are cached in an ESS. %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA and
245 * %NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA are enhanced to allow support for PMKSA caching based
246 * on FILS cache identifier. Additionally %NL80211_ATTR_PMK is used with
247 * %NL80211_SET_PMKSA to specify the PMK corresponding to a PMKSA for driver to
248 * use in a FILS shared key connection with PMKSA caching.
249 */
250
251/**
252 * DOC: SAE authentication offload
253 *
254 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD flag drivers can indicate they
255 * support offloading SAE authentication for WPA3-Personal networks in station
256 * mode. Similarly @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD_AP flag can be set by
257 * drivers indicating the offload support in AP mode.
258 *
259 * The password for SAE should be specified using %NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD in
260 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and %NL80211_CMD_START_AP for station and AP mode
261 * respectively.
262 */
263
264/**
265 * DOC: VLAN offload support for setting group keys and binding STAs to VLANs
266 *
267 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VLAN_OFFLOAD flag drivers can indicate they
268 * support offloading VLAN functionality in a manner where the driver exposes a
269 * single netdev that uses VLAN tagged frames and separate VLAN-specific netdevs
270 * can then be added using RTM_NEWLINK/IFLA_VLAN_ID similarly to the Ethernet
271 * case. Frames received from stations that are not assigned to any VLAN are
272 * delivered on the main netdev and frames to such stations can be sent through
273 * that main netdev.
274 *
275 * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY (for group keys), %NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION, and
276 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION will optionally specify vlan_id using
277 * %NL80211_ATTR_VLAN_ID.
278 */
279
280/**
281 * DOC: TID configuration
282 *
283 * TID config support can be checked in the %NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG
284 * attribute given in wiphy capabilities.
285 *
286 * The necessary configuration parameters are mentioned in
287 * &enum nl80211_tid_config_attr and it will be passed to the
288 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG command in %NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG.
289 *
290 * If the configuration needs to be applied for specific peer then the MAC
291 * address of the peer needs to be passed in %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, otherwise the
292 * configuration will be applied for all the connected peers in the vif except
293 * any peers that have peer-specific configuration for the TID by default; if
294 * the %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE flag is set, peer-specific values
295 * will be overwritten.
296 *
297 * All this configuration is valid only for STA's current connection,
298 * i.e., the configuration will be reset to default when the STA connects back
299 * after disconnection/roaming, and this configuration will be cleared when
300 * the interface goes down.
301 */
302
303/**
304 * DOC: FILS shared key crypto offload
305 *
306 * This feature is applicable to drivers running in AP mode.
307 *
308 * FILS shared key crypto offload can be advertised by drivers by setting
309 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_CRYPTO_OFFLOAD flag. The drivers that support
310 * FILS shared key crypto offload should be able to encrypt and decrypt
311 * association frames for FILS shared key authentication as per IEEE 802.11ai.
312 * With this capability, for FILS key derivation, drivers depend on userspace.
313 *
314 * After FILS key derivation, userspace shares the FILS AAD details with the
315 * driver and the driver stores the same to use in decryption of association
316 * request and in encryption of association response. The below parameters
317 * should be given to the driver in %NL80211_CMD_SET_FILS_AAD.
318 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC - STA MAC address, used for storing FILS AAD per STA
319 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK - Used for encryption or decryption
320 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES - Used for encryption or decryption
321 * (STA Nonce 16 bytes followed by AP Nonce 16 bytes)
322 *
323 * Once the association is done, the driver cleans the FILS AAD data.
324 */
325
326/**
327 * DOC: Multi-Link Operation
328 *
329 * In Multi-Link Operation, a connection between two MLDs utilizes multiple
330 * links. To use this in nl80211, various commands and responses now need
331 * to or will include the new %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINKS attribute.
332 * Additionally, various commands that need to operate on a specific link
333 * now need to be given the %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID attribute, e.g. to
334 * use %NL80211_CMD_START_AP or similar functions.
335 */
336
337/**
338 * DOC: OWE DH IE handling offload
339 *
340 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OWE_OFFLOAD flag, drivers can indicate
341 * kernel/application space to avoid DH IE handling. When this flag is
342 * advertised, the driver/device will take care of DH IE inclusion and
343 * processing of peer DH IE to generate PMK.
344 */
345
346/**
347 * enum nl80211_commands - supported nl80211 commands
348 *
349 * @NL80211_CMD_UNSPEC: unspecified command to catch errors
350 *
351 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY: request information about a wiphy or dump request
352 * to get a list of all present wiphys.
353 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY: set wiphy parameters, needs %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or
354 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX; can be used to set %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME,
355 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ,
356 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET (and the attributes determining the
357 * channel width; this is used for setting monitor mode channel),
358 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG,
359 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD, and/or
360 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD. However, for setting the channel,
361 * see %NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL instead, the support here is for backward
362 * compatibility only.
363 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_WIPHY: Newly created wiphy, response to get request
364 * or rename notification. Has attributes %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and
365 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME.
366 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_WIPHY: Wiphy deleted. Has attributes
367 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME.
368 *
369 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE: Request an interface's configuration;
370 * either a dump request for all interfaces or a specific get with a
371 * single %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is supported.
372 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_INTERFACE: Set type of a virtual interface, requires
373 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE.
374 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE: Newly created virtual interface or response
375 * to %NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE. Has %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX,
376 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE attributes. Can also
377 * be sent from userspace to request creation of a new virtual interface,
378 * then requires attributes %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE and
379 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME.
380 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE: Virtual interface was deleted, has attributes
381 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY. Can also be sent from
382 * userspace to request deletion of a virtual interface, then requires
383 * attribute %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. If multiple BSSID advertisements are
384 * enabled using %NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_CONFIG, %NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_ELEMS,
385 * and if this command is used for the transmitting interface, then all
386 * the non-transmitting interfaces are deleted as well.
387 *
388 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_KEY: Get sequence counter information for a key specified
389 * by %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX and/or %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
390 * represents peer's MLD address for MLO pairwise key. For MLO group key,
391 * the link is identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID.
392 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY: Set key attributes %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT,
393 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT, or %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_THRESHOLD.
394 * For MLO connection, the link to set default key is identified by
395 * %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID.
396 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY: add a key with given %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA,
397 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER,
398 * and %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ attributes. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC represents
399 * peer's MLD address for MLO pairwise key. The link to add MLO
400 * group key is identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID.
401 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_KEY: delete a key identified by %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX
402 * or %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC represents peer's MLD address
403 * for MLO pairwise key. The link to delete group key is identified by
404 * %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID.
405 *
406 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_BEACON: (not used)
407 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON: change the beacon on an access point interface
408 * using the %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD and %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL
409 * attributes. For drivers that generate the beacon and probe responses
410 * internally, the following attributes must be provided: %NL80211_ATTR_IE,
411 * %NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP and %NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP.
412 * @NL80211_CMD_START_AP: Start AP operation on an AP interface, parameters
413 * are like for %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON, and additionally parameters that
414 * do not change are used, these include %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL,
415 * %NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD, %NL80211_ATTR_SSID,
416 * %NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID, %NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE,
417 * %NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP, %NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS,
418 * %NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES, %NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY,
419 * %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT,
420 * %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS.
421 * The channel to use can be set on the interface or be given using the
422 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET, and the
423 * attributes determining channel width.
424 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_START_AP
425 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP: Stop AP operation on the given interface
426 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP
427 *
428 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION: Get station attributes for station identified by
429 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
430 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION: Set station attributes for station identified by
431 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
432 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION: Add a station with given attributes to the
433 * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
434 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION: Remove a station identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
435 * or, if no MAC address given, all stations, on the interface identified
436 * by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. For MLD station, MLD address is used in
437 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. %NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE and
438 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE can optionally be used to specify which type
439 * of disconnection indication should be sent to the station
440 * (Deauthentication or Disassociation frame and reason code for that
441 * frame). %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID can be used optionally to remove
442 * stations connected and using at least that link as one of its links.
443 *
444 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH: Get mesh path attributes for mesh path to
445 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by
446 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
447 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MPATH: Set mesh path attributes for mesh path to
448 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by
449 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
450 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_MPATH: Create a new mesh path for the destination given by
451 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC via %NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP.
452 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_MPATH: Delete a mesh path to the destination given by
453 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC.
454 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS: Set BSS attributes for BSS identified by
455 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
456 *
457 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_REG: ask the wireless core to send us its currently set
458 * regulatory domain. If %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY is specified and the device
459 * has a private regulatory domain, it will be returned. Otherwise, the
460 * global regdomain will be returned.
461 * A device will have a private regulatory domain if it uses the
462 * regulatory_hint() API. Even when a private regdomain is used the channel
463 * information will still be mended according to further hints from
464 * the regulatory core to help with compliance. A dump version of this API
465 * is now available which will returns the global regdomain as well as
466 * all private regdomains of present wiphys (for those that have it).
467 * If a wiphy is self-managed (%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG), then
468 * its private regdomain is the only valid one for it. The regulatory
469 * core is not used to help with compliance in this case.
470 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_REG: Set current regulatory domain. CRDA sends this command
471 * after being queried by the kernel. CRDA replies by sending a regulatory
472 * domain structure which consists of %NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA set to our
473 * current alpha2 if it found a match. It also provides
474 * NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS, and a set of regulatory rules. Each
475 * regulatory rule is a nested set of attributes given by
476 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FREQ_[START|END] and
477 * %NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW with an attached power rule given by
478 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_POWER_MAX_ANT_GAIN and
479 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_POWER_MAX_EIRP.
480 * @NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG: ask the wireless core to set the regulatory domain
481 * to the specified ISO/IEC 3166-1 alpha2 country code. The core will
482 * store this as a valid request and then query userspace for it.
483 *
484 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG: Get mesh networking properties for the
485 * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX
486 *
487 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG: Set mesh networking properties for the
488 * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX
489 *
490 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE: Set extra IEs for management frames. The
491 * interface is identified with %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and the management
492 * frame subtype with %NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE. The extra IE data to be
493 * added to the end of the specified management frame is specified with
494 * %NL80211_ATTR_IE. If the command succeeds, the requested data will be
495 * added to all specified management frames generated by
496 * kernel/firmware/driver.
497 * Note: This command has been removed and it is only reserved at this
498 * point to avoid re-using existing command number. The functionality this
499 * command was planned for has been provided with cleaner design with the
500 * option to specify additional IEs in NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN,
501 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE,
502 * NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE, and NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE.
503 *
504 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN: get scan results
505 * @NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN: trigger a new scan with the given parameters
506 * %NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE is used to decide whether to send the
507 * probe requests at CCK rate or not. %NL80211_ATTR_BSSID can be used to
508 * specify a BSSID to scan for; if not included, the wildcard BSSID will
509 * be used.
510 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS: scan notification (as a reply to
511 * NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN and on the "scan" multicast group)
512 * @NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED: scan was aborted, for unspecified reasons,
513 * partial scan results may be available
514 *
515 * @NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN: start a scheduled scan at certain
516 * intervals and certain number of cycles, as specified by
517 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS. If %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS is
518 * not specified and only %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL is specified,
519 * scheduled scan will run in an infinite loop with the specified interval.
520 * These attributes are mutually exclusive,
521 * i.e. NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL must not be passed if
522 * NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS is defined.
523 * If for some reason scheduled scan is aborted by the driver, all scan
524 * plans are canceled (including scan plans that did not start yet).
525 * Like with normal scans, if SSIDs (%NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS)
526 * are passed, they are used in the probe requests. For
527 * broadcast, a broadcast SSID must be passed (ie. an empty
528 * string). If no SSID is passed, no probe requests are sent and
529 * a passive scan is performed. %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES,
530 * if passed, define which channels should be scanned; if not
531 * passed, all channels allowed for the current regulatory domain
532 * are used. Extra IEs can also be passed from the userspace by
533 * using the %NL80211_ATTR_IE attribute. The first cycle of the
534 * scheduled scan can be delayed by %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY
535 * is supplied. If the device supports multiple concurrent scheduled
536 * scans, it will allow such when the caller provides the flag attribute
537 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI to indicate user-space support for it.
538 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN: stop a scheduled scan. Returns -ENOENT if
539 * scheduled scan is not running. The caller may assume that as soon
540 * as the call returns, it is safe to start a new scheduled scan again.
541 * @NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS: indicates that there are scheduled scan
542 * results available.
543 * @NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED: indicates that the scheduled scan has
544 * stopped. The driver may issue this event at any time during a
545 * scheduled scan. One reason for stopping the scan is if the hardware
546 * does not support starting an association or a normal scan while running
547 * a scheduled scan. This event is also sent when the
548 * %NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN command is received or when the interface
549 * is brought down while a scheduled scan was running.
550 *
551 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY: get survey results, e.g. channel occupation
552 * or noise level
553 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_SURVEY_RESULTS: survey data notification (as a reply to
554 * NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY and on the "scan" multicast group)
555 *
556 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA: Add a PMKSA cache entry using %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
557 * (for the BSSID), %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, and optionally %NL80211_ATTR_PMK
558 * (PMK is used for PTKSA derivation in case of FILS shared key offload) or
559 * using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID, %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID,
560 * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, and %NL80211_ATTR_PMK in case of FILS
561 * authentication where %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID is the identifier
562 * advertised by a FILS capable AP identifying the scope of PMKSA in an
563 * ESS.
564 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA: Delete a PMKSA cache entry, using %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
565 * (for the BSSID) and %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID or using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID,
566 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID, and %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID in case of FILS
567 * authentication. Additionally in case of SAE offload and OWE offloads
568 * PMKSA entry can be deleted using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID.
569 * @NL80211_CMD_FLUSH_PMKSA: Flush all PMKSA cache entries.
570 *
571 * @NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE: indicates to userspace the regulatory domain
572 * has been changed and provides details of the request information
573 * that caused the change such as who initiated the regulatory request
574 * (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR), the wiphy_idx
575 * (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2) on which the request was made from if
576 * the initiator was %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE or
577 * %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER, the type of regulatory domain
578 * set (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE), if the type of regulatory domain is
579 * %NL80211_REG_TYPE_COUNTRY the alpha2 to which we have moved on
580 * to (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2).
581 * @NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT: indicates to userspace that an AP beacon
582 * has been found while world roaming thus enabling active scan or
583 * any mode of operation that initiates TX (beacons) on a channel
584 * where we would not have been able to do either before. As an example
585 * if you are world roaming (regulatory domain set to world or if your
586 * driver is using a custom world roaming regulatory domain) and while
587 * doing a passive scan on the 5 GHz band you find an AP there (if not
588 * on a DFS channel) you will now be able to actively scan for that AP
589 * or use AP mode on your card on that same channel. Note that this will
590 * never be used for channels 1-11 on the 2 GHz band as they are always
591 * enabled world wide. This beacon hint is only sent if your device had
592 * either disabled active scanning or beaconing on a channel. We send to
593 * userspace the wiphy on which we removed a restriction from
594 * (%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY) and the channel on which this occurred
595 * before (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE) and after (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER)
596 * the beacon hint was processed.
597 *
598 * @NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE: authentication request and notification.
599 * This command is used both as a command (request to authenticate) and
600 * as an event on the "mlme" multicast group indicating completion of the
601 * authentication process.
602 * When used as a command, %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to identify the
603 * interface. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is used to specify PeerSTAAddress (and
604 * BSSID in case of station mode). %NL80211_ATTR_SSID is used to specify
605 * the SSID (mainly for association, but is included in authentication
606 * request, too, to help BSS selection. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ +
607 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET is used to specify the frequency of the
608 * channel in MHz. %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE is used to specify the
609 * authentication type. %NL80211_ATTR_IE is used to define IEs
610 * (VendorSpecificInfo, but also including RSN IE and FT IEs) to be added
611 * to the frame.
612 * When used as an event, this reports reception of an Authentication
613 * frame in station and IBSS modes when the local MLME processed the
614 * frame, i.e., it was for the local STA and was received in correct
615 * state. This is similar to MLME-AUTHENTICATE.confirm primitive in the
616 * MLME SAP interface (kernel providing MLME, userspace SME). The
617 * included %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME attribute contains the management frame
618 * (including both the header and frame body, but not FCS). This event is
619 * also used to indicate if the authentication attempt timed out. In that
620 * case the %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME attribute is replaced with a
621 * %NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT flag (and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC to indicate which
622 * pending authentication timed out).
623 * @NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE: association request and notification; like
624 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Association and Reassociation
625 * (similar to MLME-ASSOCIATE.request, MLME-REASSOCIATE.request,
626 * MLME-ASSOCIATE.confirm or MLME-REASSOCIATE.confirm primitives). The
627 * %NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID attribute is used to specify whether the
628 * request is for the initial association to an ESS (that attribute not
629 * included) or for reassociation within the ESS (that attribute is
630 * included).
631 * @NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE: deauthentication request and notification; like
632 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Deauthentication frames (similar to
633 * MLME-DEAUTHENTICATION.request and MLME-DEAUTHENTICATE.indication
634 * primitives).
635 * @NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE: disassociation request and notification; like
636 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Disassociation frames (similar to
637 * MLME-DISASSOCIATE.request and MLME-DISASSOCIATE.indication primitives).
638 *
639 * @NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE: notification of a locally detected Michael
640 * MIC (part of TKIP) failure; sent on the "mlme" multicast group; the
641 * event includes %NL80211_ATTR_MAC to describe the source MAC address of
642 * the frame with invalid MIC, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE to show the key
643 * type, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX to indicate the key identifier, and
644 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ to indicate the TSC value of the frame; this
645 * event matches with MLME-MICHAELMICFAILURE.indication() primitive
646 *
647 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS: Join a new IBSS -- given at least an SSID and a
648 * FREQ attribute (for the initial frequency if no peer can be found)
649 * and optionally a MAC (as BSSID) and FREQ_FIXED attribute if those
650 * should be fixed rather than automatically determined. Can only be
651 * executed on a network interface that is UP, and fixed BSSID/FREQ
652 * may be rejected. Another optional parameter is the beacon interval,
653 * given in the %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL attribute, which if not
654 * given defaults to 100 TU (102.4ms).
655 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS: Leave the IBSS -- no special arguments, the IBSS is
656 * determined by the network interface.
657 *
658 * @NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE: testmode command, takes a wiphy (or ifindex) attribute
659 * to identify the device, and the TESTDATA blob attribute to pass through
660 * to the driver.
661 *
662 * @NL80211_CMD_CONNECT: connection request and notification; this command
663 * requests to connect to a specified network but without separating
664 * auth and assoc steps. For this, you need to specify the SSID in a
665 * %NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute, and can optionally specify the association
666 * IEs in %NL80211_ATTR_IE, %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE,
667 * %NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ,
668 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET, %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT,
669 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE,
670 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT,
671 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT, and
672 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT.
673 * If included, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ are
674 * restrictions on BSS selection, i.e., they effectively prevent roaming
675 * within the ESS. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT
676 * can be included to provide a recommendation of the initial BSS while
677 * allowing the driver to roam to other BSSes within the ESS and also to
678 * ignore this recommendation if the indicated BSS is not ideal. Only one
679 * set of BSSID,frequency parameters is used (i.e., either the enforcing
680 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC,%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ or the less strict
681 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT).
682 * Driver shall not modify the IEs specified through %NL80211_ATTR_IE if
683 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is included. However, if %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT is
684 * included, these IEs through %NL80211_ATTR_IE are specified by the user
685 * space based on the best possible BSS selected. Thus, if the driver ends
686 * up selecting a different BSS, it can modify these IEs accordingly (e.g.
687 * userspace asks the driver to perform PMKSA caching with BSS1 and the
688 * driver ends up selecting BSS2 with different PMKSA cache entry; RSNIE
689 * has to get updated with the apt PMKID).
690 * %NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID can be used to request a reassociation within
691 * the ESS in case the device is already associated and an association with
692 * a different BSS is desired.
693 * Background scan period can optionally be
694 * specified in %NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD,
695 * if not specified default background scan configuration
696 * in driver is used and if period value is 0, bg scan will be disabled.
697 * This attribute is ignored if driver does not support roam scan.
698 * It is also sent as an event, with the BSSID and response IEs when the
699 * connection is established or failed to be established. This can be
700 * determined by the %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE attribute (0 = success,
701 * non-zero = failure). If %NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT is included in the
702 * event, the connection attempt failed due to not being able to initiate
703 * authentication/association or not receiving a response from the AP.
704 * Non-zero %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE value is indicated in that case as
705 * well to remain backwards compatible.
706 * @NL80211_CMD_ROAM: Notification indicating the card/driver roamed by itself.
707 * When a security association was established on an 802.1X network using
708 * fast transition, this event should be followed by an
709 * %NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED event.
710 * Following a %NL80211_CMD_ROAM event userspace can issue
711 * %NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN in order to obtain the scan information for the
712 * new BSS the card/driver roamed to.
713 * @NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT: drop a given connection; also used to notify
714 * userspace that a connection was dropped by the AP or due to other
715 * reasons, for this the %NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP and
716 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE attributes are used.
717 *
718 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY_NETNS: Set a wiphy's netns. Note that all devices
719 * associated with this wiphy must be down and will follow.
720 *
721 * @NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: Request to remain awake on the specified
722 * channel for the specified amount of time. This can be used to do
723 * off-channel operations like transmit a Public Action frame and wait for
724 * a response while being associated to an AP on another channel.
725 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify which interface (and thus
726 * radio) is used. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used to specify the
727 * frequency for the operation.
728 * %NL80211_ATTR_DURATION is used to specify the duration in milliseconds
729 * to remain on the channel. This command is also used as an event to
730 * notify when the requested duration starts (it may take a while for the
731 * driver to schedule this time due to other concurrent needs for the
732 * radio).
733 * When called, this operation returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE)
734 * that will be included with any events pertaining to this request;
735 * the cookie is also used to cancel the request.
736 * @NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: This command can be used to cancel a
737 * pending remain-on-channel duration if the desired operation has been
738 * completed prior to expiration of the originally requested duration.
739 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify the
740 * radio. The %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE attribute must be given as well to
741 * uniquely identify the request.
742 * This command is also used as an event to notify when a requested
743 * remain-on-channel duration has expired.
744 *
745 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK: Set the mask of rates to be used in TX
746 * rate selection. %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify the interface
747 * and @NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES the set of allowed rates.
748 *
749 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME: Register for receiving certain mgmt frames
750 * (via @NL80211_CMD_FRAME) for processing in userspace. This command
751 * requires an interface index, a frame type attribute (optional for
752 * backward compatibility reasons, if not given assumes action frames)
753 * and a match attribute containing the first few bytes of the frame
754 * that should match, e.g. a single byte for only a category match or
755 * four bytes for vendor frames including the OUI. The registration
756 * cannot be dropped, but is removed automatically when the netlink
757 * socket is closed. Multiple registrations can be made.
758 * The %NL80211_ATTR_RECEIVE_MULTICAST flag attribute can be given if
759 * %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MULTICAST_REGISTRATIONS is available, in which
760 * case the registration can also be modified to include/exclude the
761 * flag, rather than requiring unregistration to change it.
762 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME for
763 * backward compatibility
764 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME: Management frame TX request and RX notification. This
765 * command is used both as a request to transmit a management frame and
766 * as an event indicating reception of a frame that was not processed in
767 * kernel code, but is for us (i.e., which may need to be processed in a
768 * user space application). %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the
769 * frame contents (including header). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used
770 * to indicate on which channel the frame is to be transmitted or was
771 * received. If this channel is not the current channel (remain-on-channel
772 * or the operational channel) the device will switch to the given channel
773 * and transmit the frame, optionally waiting for a response for the time
774 * specified using %NL80211_ATTR_DURATION. When called, this operation
775 * returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE) that will be included with the
776 * TX status event pertaining to the TX request.
777 * %NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE is used to decide whether to send the
778 * management frames at CCK rate or not in 2GHz band.
779 * %NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX is an array of offsets to CSA
780 * counters which will be updated to the current value. This attribute
781 * is used during CSA period.
782 * For TX on an MLD, the frequency can be omitted and the link ID be
783 * specified, or if transmitting to a known peer MLD (with MLD addresses
784 * in the frame) both can be omitted and the link will be selected by
785 * lower layers.
786 * For RX notification, %NL80211_ATTR_RX_HW_TIMESTAMP may be included to
787 * indicate the frame RX timestamp and %NL80211_ATTR_TX_HW_TIMESTAMP may
788 * be included to indicate the ack TX timestamp.
789 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL: When an off-channel TX was requested, this
790 * command may be used with the corresponding cookie to cancel the wait
791 * time if it is known that it is no longer necessary. This command is
792 * also sent as an event whenever the driver has completed the off-channel
793 * wait time.
794 * @NL80211_CMD_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME for backward compatibility.
795 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS: Report TX status of a management frame
796 * transmitted with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME. %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE identifies
797 * the TX command and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME includes the contents of the
798 * frame. %NL80211_ATTR_ACK flag is included if the recipient acknowledged
799 * the frame. %NL80211_ATTR_TX_HW_TIMESTAMP may be included to indicate the
800 * tx timestamp and %NL80211_ATTR_RX_HW_TIMESTAMP may be included to
801 * indicate the ack RX timestamp.
802 * @NL80211_CMD_ACTION_TX_STATUS: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS for
803 * backward compatibility.
804 *
805 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_POWER_SAVE: Set powersave, using %NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE
806 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_POWER_SAVE: Get powersave status in %NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE
807 *
808 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_CQM: Connection quality monitor configuration. This command
809 * is used to configure connection quality monitoring notification trigger
810 * levels.
811 * @NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM: Connection quality monitor notification. This
812 * command is used as an event to indicate the that a trigger level was
813 * reached.
814 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL: Set the channel (using %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
815 * and the attributes determining channel width) the given interface
816 * (identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX) shall operate on.
817 * In case multiple channels are supported by the device, the mechanism
818 * with which it switches channels is implementation-defined.
819 * When a monitor interface is given, it can only switch channel while
820 * no other interfaces are operating to avoid disturbing the operation
821 * of any other interfaces, and other interfaces will again take
822 * precedence when they are used.
823 *
824 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER: Set the MAC address of the peer on a WDS interface
825 * (no longer supported).
826 *
827 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST: Configure if this AP should perform
828 * multicast to unicast conversion. When enabled, all multicast packets
829 * with ethertype ARP, IPv4 or IPv6 (possibly within an 802.1Q header)
830 * will be sent out to each station once with the destination (multicast)
831 * MAC address replaced by the station's MAC address. Note that this may
832 * break certain expectations of the receiver, e.g. the ability to drop
833 * unicast IP packets encapsulated in multicast L2 frames, or the ability
834 * to not send destination unreachable messages in such cases.
835 * This can only be toggled per BSS. Configure this on an interface of
836 * type %NL80211_IFTYPE_AP. It applies to all its VLAN interfaces
837 * (%NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN), except for those in 4addr (WDS) mode.
838 * If %NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED is not present with this
839 * command, the feature is disabled.
840 *
841 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH: Join a mesh. The mesh ID must be given, and initial
842 * mesh config parameters may be given.
843 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH: Leave the mesh network -- no special arguments, the
844 * network is determined by the network interface.
845 *
846 * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE: Unprotected deauthentication frame
847 * notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected
848 * deauthentication frame was dropped when MFP is in use.
849 * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE: Unprotected disassociation frame
850 * notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected
851 * disassociation frame was dropped when MFP is in use.
852 *
853 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE: Notification on the reception of a
854 * beacon or probe response from a compatible mesh peer. This is only
855 * sent while no station information (sta_info) exists for the new peer
856 * candidate and when @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH,
857 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE, or
858 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM is set. On reception of this
859 * notification, userspace may decide to create a new station
860 * (@NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). To stop this notification from
861 * reoccurring, the userspace authentication daemon may want to create the
862 * new station with the AUTHENTICATED flag unset and maybe change it later
863 * depending on the authentication result.
864 *
865 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN: get Wake-on-Wireless-LAN (WoWLAN) settings.
866 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN: set Wake-on-Wireless-LAN (WoWLAN) settings.
867 * Since wireless is more complex than wired ethernet, it supports
868 * various triggers. These triggers can be configured through this
869 * command with the %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS attribute. For
870 * more background information, see
871 * https://wireless.wiki.kernel.org/en/users/Documentation/WoWLAN.
872 * The @NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN command can also be used as a notification
873 * from the driver reporting the wakeup reason. In this case, the
874 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS attribute will contain the reason
875 * for the wakeup, if it was caused by wireless. If it is not present
876 * in the wakeup notification, the wireless device didn't cause the
877 * wakeup but reports that it was woken up.
878 *
879 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD: This command is used give the driver
880 * the necessary information for supporting GTK rekey offload. This
881 * feature is typically used during WoWLAN. The configuration data
882 * is contained in %NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA (which is nested and
883 * contains the data in sub-attributes). After rekeying happened,
884 * this command may also be sent by the driver as an MLME event to
885 * inform userspace of the new replay counter.
886 *
887 * @NL80211_CMD_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: This is used as an event to inform userspace
888 * of PMKSA caching candidates.
889 *
890 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER: Perform a high-level TDLS command (e.g. link setup).
891 * In addition, this can be used as an event to request userspace to take
892 * actions on TDLS links (set up a new link or tear down an existing one).
893 * In such events, %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION indicates the requested
894 * operation, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC contains the peer MAC address, and
895 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE the reason code to be used (only with
896 * %NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN).
897 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT: Send a TDLS management frame. The
898 * %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION attribute determines the type of frame to be
899 * sent. Public Action codes (802.11-2012 8.1.5.1) will be sent as
900 * 802.11 management frames, while TDLS action codes (802.11-2012
901 * 8.5.13.1) will be encapsulated and sent as data frames. The currently
902 * supported Public Action code is %WLAN_PUB_ACTION_TDLS_DISCOVER_RES
903 * and the currently supported TDLS actions codes are given in
904 * &enum ieee80211_tdls_actioncode.
905 *
906 * @NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME: Used by an application controlling an AP
907 * (or GO) interface (i.e. hostapd) to ask for unexpected frames to
908 * implement sending deauth to stations that send unexpected class 3
909 * frames. For NAN_DATA interfaces, this is used to report frames from
910 * unknown peers (A2 not assigned to any active NDP).
911 * Also used as the event sent by the kernel when such a frame is received.
912 * For the event, the %NL80211_ATTR_MAC attribute carries the TA and
913 * other attributes like the interface index are present.
914 * If used as the command it must have an interface index and you can
915 * only unsubscribe from the event by closing the socket. Subscription
916 * is also for %NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME events.
917 *
918 * @NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME: Sent as an event indicating that the
919 * associated station identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC sent a 4addr frame
920 * and wasn't already in a 4-addr VLAN. The event will be sent similarly
921 * to the %NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME event, to the same listener.
922 *
923 * @NL80211_CMD_PROBE_CLIENT: Probe an associated station on an AP interface
924 * by sending a null data frame to it and reporting when the frame is
925 * acknowledged. This is used to allow timing out inactive clients. Uses
926 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. The command returns a
927 * direct reply with an %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE that is later used to match
928 * up the event with the request. The event includes the same data and
929 * has %NL80211_ATTR_ACK set if the frame was ACKed.
930 *
931 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_BEACONS: Register this socket to receive beacons from
932 * other BSSes when any interfaces are in AP mode. This helps implement
933 * OLBC handling in hostapd. Beacons are reported in %NL80211_CMD_FRAME
934 * messages. Note that per PHY only one application may register.
935 *
936 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_NOACK_MAP: sets a bitmap for the individual TIDs whether
937 * No Acknowledgement Policy should be applied.
938 *
939 * @NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY: An AP or GO may decide to switch channels
940 * independently of the userspace SME, send this event indicating
941 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is now on %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the
942 * attributes determining channel width. This indication may also be
943 * sent when a remotely-initiated switch (e.g., when a STA receives a CSA
944 * from the remote AP) is completed;
945 *
946 * @NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY: Notify that a channel switch
947 * has been started on an interface, regardless of the initiator
948 * (ie. whether it was requested from a remote device or
949 * initiated on our own). It indicates that
950 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX will be on %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
951 * after %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT TBTT's. The userspace may
952 * decide to react to this indication by requesting other
953 * interfaces to change channel as well.
954 *
955 * @NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE: Start the given P2P Device, identified by
956 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV identifier. It must have been created with
957 * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE previously. After it has been started, the
958 * P2P Device can be used for P2P operations, e.g. remain-on-channel and
959 * public action frame TX.
960 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE: Stop the given P2P Device, identified by
961 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV identifier.
962 *
963 * @NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED: connection request to an AP failed; used to
964 * notify userspace that AP has rejected the connection request from a
965 * station, due to particular reason. %NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON
966 * is used for this.
967 *
968 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE: Change the rate used to send multicast frames
969 * for IBSS or MESH vif.
970 *
971 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL: sets ACL for MAC address based access control.
972 * This is to be used with the drivers advertising the support of MAC
973 * address based access control. List of MAC addresses is passed in
974 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS and ACL policy is passed in
975 * %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY. Driver will enable ACL with this list, if it
976 * is not already done. The new list will replace any existing list. Driver
977 * will clear its ACL when the list of MAC addresses passed is empty. This
978 * command is used in AP/P2P GO mode. Driver has to make sure to clear its
979 * ACL list during %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP.
980 *
981 * @NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT: Start a Channel availability check (CAC). Once
982 * a radar is detected or the channel availability scan (CAC) has finished
983 * or was aborted, or a radar was detected, usermode will be notified with
984 * this event. This command is also used to notify userspace about radars
985 * while operating on this channel.
986 * %NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT is used to inform about the type of the
987 * event.
988 *
989 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES: Get global nl80211 protocol features,
990 * i.e. features for the nl80211 protocol rather than device features.
991 * Returns the features in the %NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES bitmap.
992 *
993 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES: Pass down the most up-to-date Fast Transition
994 * Information Element to the WLAN driver
995 *
996 * @NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT: Send a Fast transition event from the WLAN driver
997 * to the supplicant. This will carry the target AP's MAC address along
998 * with the relevant Information Elements. This event is used to report
999 * received FT IEs (MDIE, FTIE, RSN IE, TIE, RICIE).
1000 *
1001 * @NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START: Indicates user-space will start running
1002 * a critical protocol that needs more reliability in the connection to
1003 * complete.
1004 *
1005 * @NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP: Indicates the connection reliability can
1006 * return back to normal.
1007 *
1008 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_COALESCE: Get currently supported coalesce rules.
1009 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_COALESCE: Configure coalesce rules or clear existing rules.
1010 *
1011 * @NL80211_CMD_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Perform a channel switch by announcing the
1012 * new channel information (Channel Switch Announcement - CSA)
1013 * in the beacon for some time (as defined in the
1014 * %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT parameter) and then change to the
1015 * new channel. Userspace provides the new channel information (using
1016 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the attributes determining channel
1017 * width). %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX may be supplied to inform
1018 * other station that transmission must be blocked until the channel
1019 * switch is complete.
1020 *
1021 * @NL80211_CMD_VENDOR: Vendor-specified command/event. The command is specified
1022 * by the %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID attribute and a sub-command in
1023 * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD. Parameter(s) can be transported in
1024 * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA.
1025 * For feature advertisement, the %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA attribute is
1026 * used in the wiphy data as a nested attribute containing descriptions
1027 * (&struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info) of the supported vendor commands.
1028 * This may also be sent as an event with the same attributes.
1029 *
1030 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_QOS_MAP: Set Interworking QoS mapping for IP DSCP values.
1031 * The QoS mapping information is included in %NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP. If
1032 * that attribute is not included, QoS mapping is disabled. Since this
1033 * QoS mapping is relevant for IP packets, it is only valid during an
1034 * association. This is cleared on disassociation and AP restart.
1035 *
1036 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS: Ask the kernel to add a traffic stream for the given
1037 * %NL80211_ATTR_TSID and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC with %NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO
1038 * and %NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME parameters.
1039 * Note that the action frame handshake with the AP shall be handled by
1040 * userspace via the normal management RX/TX framework, this only sets
1041 * up the TX TS in the driver/device.
1042 * If the admitted time attribute is not added then the request just checks
1043 * if a subsequent setup could be successful, the intent is to use this to
1044 * avoid setting up a session with the AP when local restrictions would
1045 * make that impossible. However, the subsequent "real" setup may still
1046 * fail even if the check was successful.
1047 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_TX_TS: Remove an existing TS with the %NL80211_ATTR_TSID
1048 * and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC parameters. It isn't necessary to call this
1049 * before removing a station entry entirely, or before disassociating
1050 * or similar, cleanup will happen in the driver/device in this case.
1051 *
1052 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MPP: Get mesh path attributes for mesh proxy path to
1053 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by
1054 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
1055 *
1056 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_OCB: Join the OCB network. The center frequency and
1057 * bandwidth of a channel must be given.
1058 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_OCB: Leave the OCB network -- no special arguments, the
1059 * network is determined by the network interface.
1060 *
1061 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Start channel-switching with a TDLS peer,
1062 * identified by the %NL80211_ATTR_MAC parameter. A target channel is
1063 * provided via %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and other attributes determining
1064 * channel width/type. The target operating class is given via
1065 * %NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS.
1066 * The driver is responsible for continually initiating channel-switching
1067 * operations and returning to the base channel for communication with the
1068 * AP.
1069 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CANCEL_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Stop channel-switching with a TDLS
1070 * peer given by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. Both peers must be on the base channel
1071 * when this command completes.
1072 *
1073 * @NL80211_CMD_WIPHY_REG_CHANGE: Similar to %NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE, but used
1074 * as an event to indicate changes for devices with wiphy-specific regdom
1075 * management.
1076 *
1077 * @NL80211_CMD_ABORT_SCAN: Stop an ongoing scan. Returns -ENOENT if a scan is
1078 * not running. The driver indicates the status of the scan through
1079 * cfg80211_scan_done().
1080 *
1081 * @NL80211_CMD_START_NAN: Start NAN operation, identified by its
1082 * %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV interface. This interface must have been
1083 * previously created with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE. After it
1084 * has been started, the NAN interface will create or join a
1085 * cluster. This command must have a valid
1086 * %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF attribute and optional
1087 * %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS attributes. If %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS is
1088 * omitted or set to 0, it means don't-care and the device will
1089 * decide what to use. Additional cluster configuration may be
1090 * optionally provided with %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_CONFIG.
1091 * After this command NAN functions can be added.
1092 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_NAN: Stop the NAN operation, identified by
1093 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV interface.
1094 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_NAN_FUNCTION: Add a NAN function. The function is defined
1095 * with %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC nested attribute. When called, this
1096 * operation returns the strictly positive and unique instance id
1097 * (%NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC_INST_ID) and a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE)
1098 * of the function upon success.
1099 * Since instance ID's can be re-used, this cookie is the right
1100 * way to identify the function. This will avoid races when a termination
1101 * event is handled by the user space after it has already added a new
1102 * function that got the same instance id from the kernel as the one
1103 * which just terminated.
1104 * This cookie may be used in NAN events even before the command
1105 * returns, so userspace shouldn't process NAN events until it processes
1106 * the response to this command.
1107 * Look at %NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER as well.
1108 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_NAN_FUNCTION: Delete a NAN function by cookie.
1109 * This command is also used as a notification sent when a NAN function is
1110 * terminated. This will contain a %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC_INST_ID
1111 * and %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE attributes.
1112 * @NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG: Change current NAN
1113 * configuration. NAN must be operational (%NL80211_CMD_START_NAN
1114 * was executed). It must contain at least one of the following
1115 * attributes: %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF,
1116 * %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS. If %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS is omitted, the
1117 * current configuration is not changed. If it is present but
1118 * set to zero, the configuration is changed to don't-care
1119 * (i.e. the device can decide what to do).
1120 * Additional parameters may be provided with
1121 * %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_CONFIG. User space should provide all previously
1122 * configured nested attributes under %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_CONFIG, even if
1123 * only a subset was changed.
1124 * @NL80211_CMD_NAN_MATCH: Notification sent when a match is reported.
1125 * This will contain a %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH nested attribute and
1126 * %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE.
1127 *
1128 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS: Update one or more connect parameters
1129 * for subsequent roaming cases if the driver or firmware uses internal
1130 * BSS selection. This command can be issued only while connected and it
1131 * does not result in a change for the current association. Currently,
1132 * only the %NL80211_ATTR_IE data is used and updated with this command.
1133 *
1134 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK: For offloaded 4-Way handshake, set the PMK or PMK-R0
1135 * for the given authenticator address (specified with %NL80211_ATTR_MAC).
1136 * When %NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME is set, %NL80211_ATTR_PMK specifies the
1137 * PMK-R0, otherwise it specifies the PMK.
1138 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMK: For offloaded 4-Way handshake, delete the previously
1139 * configured PMK for the authenticator address identified by
1140 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC.
1141 * @NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED: An event that indicates port is authorized and
1142 * open for regular data traffic. For STA/P2P-client, this event is sent
1143 * with AP MAC address and for AP/P2P-GO, the event carries the STA/P2P-
1144 * client MAC address.
1145 * Drivers that support 4 way handshake offload should send this event for
1146 * STA/P2P-client after successful 4-way HS or after 802.1X FT following
1147 * NL80211_CMD_CONNECT or NL80211_CMD_ROAM. Drivers using AP/P2P-GO 4-way
1148 * handshake offload should send this event on successful completion of
1149 * 4-way handshake with the peer (STA/P2P-client).
1150 * @NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME: Control Port (e.g. PAE) frame TX request
1151 * and RX notification. This command is used both as a request to transmit
1152 * a control port frame and as a notification that a control port frame
1153 * has been received. %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the
1154 * frame contents. The frame is the raw EAPoL data, without ethernet or
1155 * 802.11 headers.
1156 * For an MLD transmitter, the %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID may be given and
1157 * its effect will depend on the destination: If the destination is known
1158 * to be an MLD, this will be used as a hint to select the link to transmit
1159 * the frame on. If the destination is not an MLD, this will select both
1160 * the link to transmit on and the source address will be set to the link
1161 * address of that link.
1162 * When used as an event indication %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE,
1163 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC are added
1164 * indicating the protocol type of the received frame; whether the frame
1165 * was received unencrypted and the MAC address of the peer respectively.
1166 *
1167 * @NL80211_CMD_RELOAD_REGDB: Request that the regdb firmware file is reloaded.
1168 *
1169 * @NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH: This interface is exclusively defined for host
1170 * drivers that do not define separate commands for authentication and
1171 * association, but rely on user space for the authentication to happen.
1172 * This interface acts both as the event request (driver to user space)
1173 * to trigger the authentication and command response (userspace to
1174 * driver) to indicate the authentication status.
1175 *
1176 * User space uses the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT command to the host driver to
1177 * trigger a connection. The host driver selects a BSS and further uses
1178 * this interface to offload only the authentication part to the user
1179 * space. Authentication frames are passed between the driver and user
1180 * space through the %NL80211_CMD_FRAME interface. Host driver proceeds
1181 * further with the association after getting successful authentication
1182 * status. User space indicates the authentication status through
1183 * %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE attribute in %NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH
1184 * command interface.
1185 *
1186 * Host driver sends MLD address of the AP with %NL80211_ATTR_MLD_ADDR in
1187 * %NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH event to indicate user space to enable MLO
1188 * during the authentication offload in STA mode while connecting to MLD
1189 * APs. Host driver should check %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_SUPPORT flag capability
1190 * in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to know whether the user space supports enabling
1191 * MLO during the authentication offload or not.
1192 * User space should enable MLO during the authentication only when it
1193 * receives the AP MLD address in authentication offload request. User
1194 * space shouldn't enable MLO when the authentication offload request
1195 * doesn't indicate the AP MLD address even if the AP is MLO capable.
1196 * User space should use %NL80211_ATTR_MLD_ADDR as peer's MLD address and
1197 * interface address identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX as self MLD
1198 * address. User space and host driver to use MLD addresses in RA, TA and
1199 * BSSID fields of the frames between them, and host driver translates the
1200 * MLD addresses to/from link addresses based on the link chosen for the
1201 * authentication.
1202 *
1203 * Host driver reports this status on an authentication failure to the
1204 * user space through the connect result as the user space would have
1205 * initiated the connection through the connect request.
1206 *
1207 * @NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED: An event that notify station's
1208 * ht opmode or vht opmode changes using any of %NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE,
1209 * %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH,%NL80211_ATTR_NSS attributes with its
1210 * address(specified in %NL80211_ATTR_MAC).
1211 *
1212 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS: Retrieve FTM responder statistics, in
1213 * the %NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS attribute.
1214 *
1215 * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_START: start a (set of) peer measurement(s)
1216 * with the given parameters, which are encapsulated in the nested
1217 * %NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS attribute. Optionally, MAC address
1218 * randomization may be enabled and configured by specifying the
1219 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK attributes.
1220 * If a timeout is requested, use the %NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT attribute.
1221 * A u64 cookie for further %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE use is returned in
1222 * the netlink extended ack message.
1223 *
1224 * To cancel a measurement, close the socket that requested it.
1225 *
1226 * Measurement results are reported to the socket that requested the
1227 * measurement using @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT when they
1228 * become available, so applications must ensure a large enough socket
1229 * buffer size.
1230 *
1231 * Depending on driver support it may or may not be possible to start
1232 * multiple concurrent measurements.
1233 * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT: This command number is used for the
1234 * result notification from the driver to the requesting socket.
1235 * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_COMPLETE: Notification only, indicating that
1236 * the measurement completed, using the measurement cookie
1237 * (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE).
1238 *
1239 * @NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_RADAR: Notify the kernel that a radar signal was
1240 * detected and reported by a neighboring device on the channel
1241 * indicated by %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and other attributes
1242 * determining the width and type.
1243 *
1244 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_OWE_INFO: This interface allows the host driver to
1245 * offload OWE processing to user space. This intends to support
1246 * OWE AKM by the host drivers that implement SME but rely
1247 * on the user space for the cryptographic/DH IE processing in AP mode.
1248 *
1249 * @NL80211_CMD_PROBE_MESH_LINK: The requirement for mesh link metric
1250 * refreshing, is that from one mesh point we be able to send some data
1251 * frames to other mesh points which are not currently selected as a
1252 * primary traffic path, but which are only 1 hop away. The absence of
1253 * the primary path to the chosen node makes it necessary to apply some
1254 * form of marking on a chosen packet stream so that the packets can be
1255 * properly steered to the selected node for testing, and not by the
1256 * regular mesh path lookup. Further, the packets must be of type data
1257 * so that the rate control (often embedded in firmware) is used for
1258 * rate selection.
1259 *
1260 * Here attribute %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is used to specify connected mesh
1261 * peer MAC address and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the frame
1262 * content. The frame is ethernet data.
1263 *
1264 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG: Data frame TID specific configuration
1265 * is passed using %NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG attribute.
1266 *
1267 * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_BEACON: Unprotected or incorrectly protected Beacon
1268 * frame. This event is used to indicate that a received Beacon frame was
1269 * dropped because it did not include a valid MME MIC while beacon
1270 * protection was enabled (BIGTK configured in station mode).
1271 *
1272 * @NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME_TX_STATUS: Report TX status of a control
1273 * port frame transmitted with %NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME.
1274 * %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE identifies the TX command and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME
1275 * includes the contents of the frame. %NL80211_ATTR_ACK flag is included
1276 * if the recipient acknowledged the frame.
1277 *
1278 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_SAR_SPECS: SAR power limitation configuration is
1279 * passed using %NL80211_ATTR_SAR_SPEC. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY is used to
1280 * specify the wiphy index to be applied to.
1281 *
1282 * @NL80211_CMD_OBSS_COLOR_COLLISION: This notification is sent out whenever
1283 * mac80211/drv detects a bss color collision.
1284 *
1285 * @NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_REQUEST: This command is used to indicate that
1286 * userspace wants to change the BSS color.
1287 *
1288 * @NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_STARTED: Notify userland, that a color change has
1289 * started
1290 *
1291 * @NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_ABORTED: Notify userland, that the color change has
1292 * been aborted
1293 *
1294 * @NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_COMPLETED: Notify userland that the color change
1295 * has completed
1296 *
1297 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_FILS_AAD: Set FILS AAD data to the driver using -
1298 * &NL80211_ATTR_MAC - for STA MAC address
1299 * &NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK - for KEK
1300 * &NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES - for FILS Nonces
1301 * (STA Nonce 16 bytes followed by AP Nonce 16 bytes)
1302 *
1303 * @NL80211_CMD_ASSOC_COMEBACK: notification about an association
1304 * temporal rejection with comeback. The event includes %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
1305 * to describe the BSSID address of the AP and %NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT to
1306 * specify the timeout value.
1307 *
1308 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_LINK: Add a new link to an interface. The
1309 * %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID attribute is used for the new link.
1310 * @NL80211_CMD_REMOVE_LINK: Remove a link from an interface. This may come
1311 * without %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID as an easy way to remove all links
1312 * in preparation for e.g. roaming to a regular (non-MLO) AP.
1313 *
1314 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_LINK_STA: Add a link to an MLD station
1315 * @NL80211_CMD_MODIFY_LINK_STA: Modify a link of an MLD station
1316 * @NL80211_CMD_REMOVE_LINK_STA: Remove a link of an MLD station
1317 *
1318 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_HW_TIMESTAMP: Enable/disable HW timestamping of Timing
1319 * measurement and Fine timing measurement frames. If %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
1320 * is included, enable/disable HW timestamping only for frames to/from the
1321 * specified MAC address. Otherwise enable/disable HW timestamping for
1322 * all TM/FTM frames (including ones that were enabled with specific MAC
1323 * address). If %NL80211_ATTR_HW_TIMESTAMP_ENABLED is not included, disable
1324 * HW timestamping.
1325 * The number of peers that HW timestamping can be enabled for concurrently
1326 * is indicated by %NL80211_ATTR_MAX_HW_TIMESTAMP_PEERS.
1327 *
1328 * @NL80211_CMD_LINKS_REMOVED: Notify userspace about the removal of STA MLD
1329 * setup links due to AP MLD removing the corresponding affiliated APs with
1330 * Multi-Link reconfiguration. %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINKS is used to provide
1331 * information about the removed STA MLD setup links.
1332 *
1333 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_TO_LINK_MAPPING: Set the TID to Link Mapping for a
1334 * non-AP MLD station. The %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_TTLM_DLINK and
1335 * %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_TTLM_ULINK attributes are used to specify the
1336 * TID to Link mapping for downlink/uplink traffic.
1337 *
1338 * @NL80211_CMD_ASSOC_MLO_RECONF: For a non-AP MLD station, request to
1339 * add/remove links to/from the association. To indicate link
1340 * reconfiguration request results from the driver, this command is also
1341 * used as an event to notify userspace about the added links information.
1342 * For notifying the removed links information, the existing
1343 * %NL80211_CMD_LINKS_REMOVED command is used. This command is also used to
1344 * notify userspace about newly added links for the current connection in
1345 * case of AP-initiated link recommendation requests, received via
1346 * a BTM (BSS Transition Management) request or a link reconfig notify
1347 * frame, where the driver handles the link recommendation offload.
1348 *
1349 * @NL80211_CMD_EPCS_CFG: EPCS configuration for a station. Used by userland to
1350 * control EPCS configuration. Used to notify userland on the current state
1351 * of EPCS.
1352 *
1353 * @NL80211_CMD_NAN_NEXT_DW_NOTIFICATION: This command is used to notify
1354 * user space about the next NAN Discovery Window (DW). User space may use
1355 * it to prepare frames to be sent in the next DW.
1356 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used to indicate the frequency of the next
1357 * DW. SDF transmission should be requested with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME and
1358 * the device/driver shall take care of the actual transmission timing.
1359 * This notification is only sent to the NAN interface owning socket
1360 * (see %NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER flag).
1361 * @NL80211_CMD_NAN_CLUSTER_JOINED: This command is used to notify
1362 * user space that the NAN new cluster has been joined. The cluster ID is
1363 * indicated by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC.
1364 *
1365 * @NL80211_CMD_INCUMBENT_SIGNAL_DETECT: Once any incumbent signal is detected
1366 * on the operating channel in 6 GHz band, userspace is notified with the
1367 * signal interference bitmap using
1368 * %NL80211_ATTR_INCUMBENT_SIGNAL_INTERFERENCE_BITMAP. The current channel
1369 * definition is also sent.
1370 *
1371 * @NL80211_CMD_NAN_SET_LOCAL_SCHED: Set the local NAN schedule. NAN must be
1372 * operational (%NL80211_CMD_START_NAN was executed). Must contain
1373 * %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_TIME_SLOTS and %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_AVAIL_BLOB, but
1374 * %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_CHANNEL is optional (for example in case of a channel
1375 * removal, that channel won't be provided).
1376 * If %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_SCHED_DEFERRED is set, the command is a request
1377 * from the device to perform an announced schedule update. See
1378 * %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_SCHED_DEFERRED for more details.
1379 * If not set, the schedule should be applied immediately.
1380 * @NL80211_CMD_NAN_SCHED_UPDATE_DONE: Event sent to user space to notify that
1381 * a deferred local NAN schedule update (requested with
1382 * %NL80211_CMD_NAN_SET_LOCAL_SCHED and %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_SCHED_DEFERRED)
1383 * has been completed. The presence of %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_SCHED_UPDATE_SUCCESS
1384 * indicates that the update was successful.
1385 * @NL80211_CMD_NAN_SET_PEER_SCHED: Set the peer NAN schedule. NAN
1386 * must be operational (%NL80211_CMD_START_NAN was executed).
1387 * Required attributes: %NL80211_ATTR_MAC (peer NMI address) and
1388 * %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_COMMITTED_DW.
1389 * Optionally, the full schedule can be provided by including all of:
1390 * %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_SEQ_ID, %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_CHANNEL (one or more), and
1391 * %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_PEER_MAPS (see &enum nl80211_nan_peer_map_attrs).
1392 * If any of these three optional attributes is provided, all three must
1393 * be provided.
1394 * Each peer channel must be compatible with at least one local channel
1395 * set by %NL80211_CMD_SET_LOCAL_NAN_SCHED. Different maps must not
1396 * contain compatible channels.
1397 * For single-radio devices (n_radio <= 1), different maps must not
1398 * schedule the same time slot, as the device cannot operate on multiple
1399 * channels simultaneously.
1400 * When updating an existing peer schedule, the full new schedule must be
1401 * provided - partial updates are not supported. The new schedule will
1402 * completely replace the previous one.
1403 * The peer schedule is automatically removed when the NMI station is
1404 * removed.
1405 * @NL80211_CMD_NAN_ULW_UPDATE: Notification from the driver to user space
1406 * with the updated ULW blob of the device. User space can use this blob
1407 * to attach to frames sent to peers. This notification contains
1408 * %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_ULW with the ULW blob.
1409 * @NL80211_CMD_NAN_CHANNEL_EVAC: Notification to indicate that a NAN
1410 * channel has been evacuated due to resource conflicts with other
1411 * interfaces. This can happen when another interface sharing the channel
1412 * resource with NAN needs to move to a different channel (e.g., channel
1413 * switch or link switch on a BSS interface).
1414 * The notification contains %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_CHANNEL attribute
1415 * identifying the evacuated channel.
1416 * User space may reconfigure the local schedule in response to this
1417 * notification.
1418 * @NL80211_CMD_MAX: highest used command number
1419 * @__NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST: internal use
1420 */
1421enum nl80211_commands {
1422/* don't change the order or add anything between, this is ABI! */
1423 NL80211_CMD_UNSPEC,
1424
1425 NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY, /* can dump */
1426 NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY,
1427 NL80211_CMD_NEW_WIPHY,
1428 NL80211_CMD_DEL_WIPHY,
1429
1430 NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE, /* can dump */
1431 NL80211_CMD_SET_INTERFACE,
1432 NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE,
1433 NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE,
1434
1435 NL80211_CMD_GET_KEY,
1436 NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY,
1437 NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY,
1438 NL80211_CMD_DEL_KEY,
1439
1440 NL80211_CMD_GET_BEACON,
1441 NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON,
1442 NL80211_CMD_START_AP,
1443 NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON = NL80211_CMD_START_AP,
1444 NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP,
1445 NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON = NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP,
1446
1447 NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION,
1448 NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION,
1449 NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION,
1450 NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION,
1451
1452 NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH,
1453 NL80211_CMD_SET_MPATH,
1454 NL80211_CMD_NEW_MPATH,
1455 NL80211_CMD_DEL_MPATH,
1456
1457 NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS,
1458
1459 NL80211_CMD_SET_REG,
1460 NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG,
1461
1462 NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG,
1463 NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG,
1464
1465 NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE /* reserved; not used */,
1466
1467 NL80211_CMD_GET_REG,
1468
1469 NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN,
1470 NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN,
1471 NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS,
1472 NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED,
1473
1474 NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE,
1475
1476 NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE,
1477 NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE,
1478 NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE,
1479 NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE,
1480
1481 NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE,
1482
1483 NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT,
1484
1485 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS,
1486 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS,
1487
1488 NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE,
1489
1490 NL80211_CMD_CONNECT,
1491 NL80211_CMD_ROAM,
1492 NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT,
1493
1494 NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY_NETNS,
1495
1496 NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY,
1497 NL80211_CMD_NEW_SURVEY_RESULTS,
1498
1499 NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA,
1500 NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA,
1501 NL80211_CMD_FLUSH_PMKSA,
1502
1503 NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL,
1504 NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL,
1505
1506 NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK,
1507
1508 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME,
1509 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_ACTION = NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME,
1510 NL80211_CMD_FRAME,
1511 NL80211_CMD_ACTION = NL80211_CMD_FRAME,
1512 NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS,
1513 NL80211_CMD_ACTION_TX_STATUS = NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS,
1514
1515 NL80211_CMD_SET_POWER_SAVE,
1516 NL80211_CMD_GET_POWER_SAVE,
1517
1518 NL80211_CMD_SET_CQM,
1519 NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM,
1520
1521 NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL,
1522 NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER,
1523
1524 NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL,
1525
1526 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH,
1527 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH,
1528
1529 NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE,
1530 NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE,
1531
1532 NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE,
1533
1534 NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN,
1535 NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN,
1536
1537 NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN,
1538 NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN,
1539 NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS,
1540 NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED,
1541
1542 NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD,
1543
1544 NL80211_CMD_PMKSA_CANDIDATE,
1545
1546 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER,
1547 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT,
1548
1549 NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME,
1550
1551 NL80211_CMD_PROBE_CLIENT,
1552
1553 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_BEACONS,
1554
1555 NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME,
1556
1557 NL80211_CMD_SET_NOACK_MAP,
1558
1559 NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY,
1560
1561 NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE,
1562 NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE,
1563
1564 NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED,
1565
1566 NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE,
1567
1568 NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL,
1569
1570 NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT,
1571
1572 NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES,
1573
1574 NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES,
1575 NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT,
1576
1577 NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START,
1578 NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP,
1579
1580 NL80211_CMD_GET_COALESCE,
1581 NL80211_CMD_SET_COALESCE,
1582
1583 NL80211_CMD_CHANNEL_SWITCH,
1584
1585 NL80211_CMD_VENDOR,
1586
1587 NL80211_CMD_SET_QOS_MAP,
1588
1589 NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS,
1590 NL80211_CMD_DEL_TX_TS,
1591
1592 NL80211_CMD_GET_MPP,
1593
1594 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_OCB,
1595 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_OCB,
1596
1597 NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY,
1598
1599 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH,
1600 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CANCEL_CHANNEL_SWITCH,
1601
1602 NL80211_CMD_WIPHY_REG_CHANGE,
1603
1604 NL80211_CMD_ABORT_SCAN,
1605
1606 NL80211_CMD_START_NAN,
1607 NL80211_CMD_STOP_NAN,
1608 NL80211_CMD_ADD_NAN_FUNCTION,
1609 NL80211_CMD_DEL_NAN_FUNCTION,
1610 NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG,
1611 NL80211_CMD_NAN_MATCH,
1612
1613 NL80211_CMD_SET_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST,
1614
1615 NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS,
1616
1617 NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK,
1618 NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMK,
1619
1620 NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED,
1621
1622 NL80211_CMD_RELOAD_REGDB,
1623
1624 NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH,
1625
1626 NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED,
1627
1628 NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME,
1629
1630 NL80211_CMD_GET_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS,
1631
1632 NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_START,
1633 NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT,
1634 NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_COMPLETE,
1635
1636 NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_RADAR,
1637
1638 NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_OWE_INFO,
1639
1640 NL80211_CMD_PROBE_MESH_LINK,
1641
1642 NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG,
1643
1644 NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_BEACON,
1645
1646 NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME_TX_STATUS,
1647
1648 NL80211_CMD_SET_SAR_SPECS,
1649
1650 NL80211_CMD_OBSS_COLOR_COLLISION,
1651
1652 NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_REQUEST,
1653
1654 NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_STARTED,
1655 NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_ABORTED,
1656 NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_COMPLETED,
1657
1658 NL80211_CMD_SET_FILS_AAD,
1659
1660 NL80211_CMD_ASSOC_COMEBACK,
1661
1662 NL80211_CMD_ADD_LINK,
1663 NL80211_CMD_REMOVE_LINK,
1664
1665 NL80211_CMD_ADD_LINK_STA,
1666 NL80211_CMD_MODIFY_LINK_STA,
1667 NL80211_CMD_REMOVE_LINK_STA,
1668
1669 NL80211_CMD_SET_HW_TIMESTAMP,
1670
1671 NL80211_CMD_LINKS_REMOVED,
1672
1673 NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_TO_LINK_MAPPING,
1674
1675 NL80211_CMD_ASSOC_MLO_RECONF,
1676 NL80211_CMD_EPCS_CFG,
1677
1678 NL80211_CMD_NAN_NEXT_DW_NOTIFICATION,
1679 NL80211_CMD_NAN_CLUSTER_JOINED,
1680
1681 NL80211_CMD_INCUMBENT_SIGNAL_DETECT,
1682
1683 NL80211_CMD_NAN_SET_LOCAL_SCHED,
1684
1685 NL80211_CMD_NAN_SCHED_UPDATE_DONE,
1686
1687 NL80211_CMD_NAN_SET_PEER_SCHED,
1688
1689 NL80211_CMD_NAN_ULW_UPDATE,
1690
1691 NL80211_CMD_NAN_CHANNEL_EVAC,
1692
1693 /* add new commands above here */
1694
1695 /* used to define NL80211_CMD_MAX below */
1696 __NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST,
1697 NL80211_CMD_MAX = __NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST - 1
1698};
1699
1700/*
1701 * Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new commands by defining them
1702 * here
1703 */
1704#define NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS
1705#define NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE
1706#define NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE
1707#define NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE
1708#define NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE
1709#define NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE
1710#define NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE
1711#define NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT
1712
1713#define NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS
1714
1715/* source-level API compatibility */
1716#define NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG
1717#define NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG
1718#define NL80211_MESH_SETUP_VENDOR_PATH_SEL_IE NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE
1719
1720/**
1721 * enum nl80211_attrs - nl80211 netlink attributes
1722 *
1723 * @NL80211_ATTR_UNSPEC: unspecified attribute to catch errors
1724 *
1725 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY: index of wiphy to operate on, cf.
1726 * /sys/class/ieee80211/<phyname>/index
1727 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME: wiphy name (used for renaming)
1728 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS: a nested array of TX queue parameters
1729 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ: frequency of the selected channel in MHz,
1730 * defines the channel together with the (deprecated)
1731 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE attribute or the attributes
1732 * %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH and if needed %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
1733 * and %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2
1734 * @NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH: u32 attribute containing one of the values
1735 * of &enum nl80211_chan_width, describing the channel width. See the
1736 * documentation of the enum for more information.
1737 * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1: Center frequency of the first part of the
1738 * channel, used for anything but 20 MHz bandwidth. In S1G this is the
1739 * operating channel center frequency.
1740 * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2: Center frequency of the second part of the
1741 * channel, used only for 80+80 MHz bandwidth
1742 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE: included with NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
1743 * if HT20 or HT40 are to be used (i.e., HT disabled if not included):
1744 * NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT = HT not allowed (i.e., same as not including
1745 * this attribute)
1746 * NL80211_CHAN_HT20 = HT20 only
1747 * NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS = secondary channel is below the primary channel
1748 * NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS = secondary channel is above the primary channel
1749 * This attribute is now deprecated.
1750 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT: TX retry limit for frames whose length is
1751 * less than or equal to the RTS threshold; allowed range: 1..255;
1752 * dot11ShortRetryLimit; u8
1753 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG: TX retry limit for frames whose length is
1754 * greater than the RTS threshold; allowed range: 1..255;
1755 * dot11ShortLongLimit; u8
1756 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD: fragmentation threshold, i.e., maximum
1757 * length in octets for frames; allowed range: 256..8000, disable
1758 * fragmentation with (u32)-1; dot11FragmentationThreshold; u32
1759 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD: RTS threshold (TX frames with length
1760 * larger than or equal to this use RTS/CTS handshake); allowed range:
1761 * 0..65536, disable with (u32)-1; dot11RTSThreshold; u32
1762 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS: Coverage Class as defined by IEEE 802.11
1763 * section 7.3.2.9; dot11CoverageClass; u8
1764 *
1765 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX: network interface index of the device to operate on
1766 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME: network interface name
1767 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE: type of virtual interface, see &enum nl80211_iftype
1768 *
1769 * @NL80211_ATTR_WDEV: wireless device identifier, used for pseudo-devices
1770 * that don't have a netdev (u64)
1771 *
1772 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC: MAC address (various uses)
1773 *
1774 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA: (temporal) key data; for TKIP this consists of
1775 * 16 bytes encryption key followed by 8 bytes each for TX and RX MIC
1776 * keys
1777 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX: key ID (u8, 0-3)
1778 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER: key cipher suite (u32, as defined by IEEE 802.11
1779 * section 7.3.2.25.1, e.g. 0x000FAC04)
1780 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ: transmit key sequence number (IV/PN) for TKIP and
1781 * CCMP keys, each six bytes in little endian
1782 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT: Flag attribute indicating the key is default key
1783 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT: Flag attribute indicating the key is the
1784 * default management key
1785 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE: For crypto settings for connect or
1786 * other commands, indicates which pairwise cipher suites are used
1787 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP: For crypto settings for connect or
1788 * other commands, indicates which group cipher suite is used
1789 *
1790 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL: beacon interval in TU
1791 * @NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD: DTIM period for beaconing
1792 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD: portion of the beacon before the TIM IE
1793 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL: portion of the beacon after the TIM IE
1794 *
1795 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID: Association ID for the station (u16)
1796 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS: flags, nested element with NLA_FLAG attributes of
1797 * &enum nl80211_sta_flags (deprecated, use %NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2)
1798 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_LISTEN_INTERVAL: listen interval as defined by
1799 * IEEE 802.11 7.3.1.6 (u16).
1800 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_RATES: supported rates, array of supported
1801 * rates as defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but without the length
1802 * restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES).
1803 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN: interface index of VLAN interface to move station
1804 * to, or the AP interface the station was originally added to.
1805 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO: information about a station, part of station info
1806 * given for %NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION, nested attribute containing
1807 * info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_info.
1808 *
1809 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_BANDS: Information about an operating bands,
1810 * consisting of a nested array.
1811 *
1812 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_ID: mesh id (1-32 bytes).
1813 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION: action to perform on the mesh peer link
1814 * (see &enum nl80211_plink_action).
1815 * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP: MAC address of the next hop for a mesh path.
1816 * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO: information about a mesh_path, part of mesh path
1817 * info given for %NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH, nested attribute described at
1818 * &enum nl80211_mpath_info.
1819 *
1820 * @NL80211_ATTR_MNTR_FLAGS: flags, nested element with NLA_FLAG attributes of
1821 * &enum nl80211_mntr_flags.
1822 *
1823 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2: an ISO-3166-alpha2 country code for which the
1824 * current regulatory domain should be set to or is already set to.
1825 * For example, 'CR', for Costa Rica. This attribute is used by the kernel
1826 * to query the CRDA to retrieve one regulatory domain. This attribute can
1827 * also be used by userspace to query the kernel for the currently set
1828 * regulatory domain. We chose an alpha2 as that is also used by the
1829 * IEEE-802.11 country information element to identify a country.
1830 * Users can also simply ask the wireless core to set regulatory domain
1831 * to a specific alpha2.
1832 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES: a nested array of regulatory domain regulatory
1833 * rules.
1834 *
1835 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled (u8, 0 or 1)
1836 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled
1837 * (u8, 0 or 1)
1838 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time enabled
1839 * (u8, 0 or 1)
1840 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES: basic rates, array of basic
1841 * rates in format defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but without the length
1842 * restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES).
1843 *
1844 * @NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY: HT Capability information element (from
1845 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION)
1846 *
1847 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing all
1848 * supported interface types, each a flag attribute with the number
1849 * of the interface mode.
1850 *
1851 * @NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE: Management frame subtype for
1852 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE.
1853 *
1854 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE: Information element(s) data (used, e.g., with
1855 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE).
1856 *
1857 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCAN_SSIDS: number of SSIDs you can scan with
1858 * a single scan request, a wiphy attribute.
1859 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_SSIDS: number of SSIDs you can
1860 * scan with a single scheduled scan request, a wiphy attribute.
1861 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN: maximum length of information elements
1862 * that can be added to a scan request
1863 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCHED_SCAN_IE_LEN: maximum length of information
1864 * elements that can be added to a scheduled scan request
1865 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_MATCH_SETS: maximum number of sets that can be
1866 * used with @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH, a wiphy attribute.
1867 *
1868 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES: nested attribute with frequencies (in MHz)
1869 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS: nested attribute with SSIDs, leave out for passive
1870 * scanning and include a zero-length SSID (wildcard) for wildcard scan
1871 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS: scan result BSS
1872 *
1873 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR: indicates who requested the regulatory domain
1874 * currently in effect. This could be any of the %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_*
1875 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE: indicates the type of the regulatory domain currently
1876 * set. This can be one of the nl80211_reg_type (%NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_*)
1877 *
1878 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_COMMANDS: wiphy attribute that specifies
1879 * an array of command numbers (i.e. a mapping index to command number)
1880 * that the driver for the given wiphy supports.
1881 *
1882 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME: frame data (binary attribute), including frame header
1883 * and body, but not FCS; used, e.g., with NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE and
1884 * NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE events
1885 * @NL80211_ATTR_SSID: SSID (binary attribute, 0..32 octets)
1886 * @NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE: AuthenticationType, see &enum nl80211_auth_type,
1887 * represented as a u32
1888 * @NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE: ReasonCode for %NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE and
1889 * %NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE, u16
1890 *
1891 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE: Key Type, see &enum nl80211_key_type, represented as
1892 * a u32
1893 *
1894 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE: A channel which has suffered a regulatory change
1895 * due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects
1896 * the state of the channel _before_ the beacon hint processing. This
1897 * attributes consists of a nested attribute containing
1898 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_*
1899 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER: A channel which has suffered a regulatory change
1900 * due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects
1901 * the state of the channel _after_ the beacon hint processing. This
1902 * attributes consists of a nested attribute containing
1903 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_*
1904 *
1905 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES: a set of u32 values indicating the supported
1906 * cipher suites
1907 *
1908 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_FIXED: a flag indicating the IBSS should not try to look
1909 * for other networks on different channels
1910 *
1911 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT: a flag indicating than an operation timed out; this
1912 * is used, e.g., with %NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE event
1913 *
1914 * @NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP: Whether management frame protection (IEEE 802.11w) is
1915 * used for the association (&enum nl80211_mfp, represented as a u32);
1916 * this attribute can be used with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and
1917 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests. %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL is not allowed for
1918 * %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE since user space SME is expected and hence, it
1919 * must have decided whether to use management frame protection or not.
1920 * Setting %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL with a %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT request will
1921 * let the driver (or the firmware) decide whether to use MFP or not.
1922 *
1923 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2: Attribute containing a
1924 * &struct nl80211_sta_flag_update.
1925 *
1926 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT: A flag indicating whether user space controls
1927 * IEEE 802.1X port, i.e., sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED, in
1928 * station mode. If the flag is included in %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE
1929 * request, the driver will assume that the port is unauthorized until
1930 * authorized by user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by
1931 * default in station mode.
1932 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE: A 16-bit value indicating the
1933 * ethertype that will be used for key negotiation. It can be
1934 * specified with the associate and connect commands. If it is not
1935 * specified, the value defaults to 0x888E (PAE, 802.1X). This
1936 * attribute is also used as a flag in the wiphy information to
1937 * indicate that protocols other than PAE are supported.
1938 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT: When included along with
1939 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, indicates that the custom
1940 * ethertype frames used for key negotiation must not be encrypted.
1941 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211: A flag indicating whether control
1942 * port frames (e.g. of type given in %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE)
1943 * will be sent directly to the network interface or sent via the NL80211
1944 * socket. If this attribute is missing, then legacy behavior of sending
1945 * control port frames directly to the network interface is used. If the
1946 * flag is included, then control port frames are sent over NL80211 instead
1947 * using %CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME. If control port routing over NL80211 is
1948 * to be used then userspace must also use the %NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER
1949 * flag. When used with %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH, pre-auth
1950 * frames are not forwarded over the control port.
1951 *
1952 * @NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA: Testmode data blob, passed through to the driver.
1953 * We recommend using nested, driver-specific attributes within this.
1954 *
1955 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP: A flag indicating that the DISCONNECT
1956 * event was due to the AP disconnecting the station, and not due to
1957 * a local disconnect request.
1958 * @NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE: StatusCode for the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
1959 * event (u16)
1960 * @NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY: Flag attribute, used with connect(), indicating
1961 * that protected APs should be used. This is also used with NEW_BEACON to
1962 * indicate that the BSS is to use protection.
1963 *
1964 * @NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to
1965 * indicate which WPA version(s) the AP we want to associate with is using
1966 * (a u32 with flags from &enum nl80211_wpa_versions).
1967 * @NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to
1968 * indicate which key management algorithm(s) to use (an array of u32).
1969 * This attribute is also sent in response to @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY,
1970 * indicating the supported AKM suites, intended for specific drivers which
1971 * implement SME and have constraints on which AKMs are supported and also
1972 * the cases where an AKM support is offloaded to the driver/firmware.
1973 * If there is no such notification from the driver, user space should
1974 * assume the driver supports all the AKM suites.
1975 *
1976 * @NL80211_ATTR_REQ_IE: (Re)association request information elements as
1977 * sent out by the card, for ROAM and successful CONNECT events.
1978 * @NL80211_ATTR_RESP_IE: (Re)association response information elements as
1979 * sent by peer, for ROAM and successful CONNECT events.
1980 *
1981 * @NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID: previous BSSID, to be used in ASSOCIATE and CONNECT
1982 * commands to specify a request to reassociate within an ESS, i.e., to use
1983 * Reassociate Request frame (with the value of this attribute in the
1984 * Current AP address field) instead of Association Request frame which is
1985 * used for the initial association to an ESS.
1986 *
1987 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY: key information in a nested attribute with
1988 * %NL80211_KEY_* sub-attributes
1989 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEYS: array of keys for static WEP keys for connect()
1990 * and join_ibss(), key information is in a nested attribute each
1991 * with %NL80211_KEY_* sub-attributes
1992 *
1993 * @NL80211_ATTR_PID: Process ID of a network namespace.
1994 * @NL80211_ATTR_NETNS_FD: File descriptor of a network namespace.
1995 *
1996 * @NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION: Used to indicate consistent snapshots for
1997 * dumps. This number increases whenever the object list being
1998 * dumped changes, and as such userspace can verify that it has
1999 * obtained a complete and consistent snapshot by verifying that
2000 * all dump messages contain the same generation number. If it
2001 * changed then the list changed and the dump should be repeated
2002 * completely from scratch.
2003 *
2004 * @NL80211_ATTR_4ADDR: Use 4-address frames on a virtual interface
2005 *
2006 * @NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO: survey information about a channel, part of
2007 * the survey response for %NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY, nested attribute
2008 * containing info as possible, see &enum survey_info.
2009 *
2010 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKID: PMK material for PMKSA caching.
2011 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_PMKIDS: maximum number of PMKIDs a firmware can
2012 * cache, a wiphy attribute.
2013 *
2014 * @NL80211_ATTR_DURATION: Duration of an operation in milliseconds, u32.
2015 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION: Device attribute that
2016 * specifies the maximum duration that can be requested with the
2017 * remain-on-channel operation, in milliseconds, u32.
2018 *
2019 * @NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE: Generic 64-bit cookie to identify objects.
2020 *
2021 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES: Nested set of attributes
2022 * (enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes) describing TX rates per band. The
2023 * enum nl80211_band value is used as the index (nla_type() of the nested
2024 * data. If a band is not included, it will be configured to allow all
2025 * rates based on negotiated supported rates information. This attribute
2026 * is used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK and with starting AP,
2027 * and joining mesh networks (not IBSS yet). In the later case, it must
2028 * specify just a single bitrate, which is to be used for the beacon.
2029 * The driver must also specify support for this with the extended
2030 * features NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY,
2031 * NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT,
2032 * NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT,
2033 * NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HE and
2034 * NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_EHT.
2035 *
2036 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_MATCH: A binary attribute which typically must contain
2037 * at least one byte, currently used with @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME.
2038 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE: A u16 indicating the frame type/subtype for the
2039 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME command.
2040 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_FRAME_TYPES: wiphy capability attribute, which is a
2041 * nested attribute of %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE attributes, containing
2042 * information about which frame types can be transmitted with
2043 * %NL80211_CMD_FRAME.
2044 * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_FRAME_TYPES: wiphy capability attribute, which is a
2045 * nested attribute of %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE attributes, containing
2046 * information about which frame types can be registered for RX.
2047 *
2048 * @NL80211_ATTR_ACK: Flag attribute indicating that the frame was
2049 * acknowledged by the recipient.
2050 * @NL80211_ATTR_ACK_SIGNAL: Station's ack signal strength (s32)
2051 *
2052 * @NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE: powersave state, using &enum nl80211_ps_state values.
2053 *
2054 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM: connection quality monitor configuration in a
2055 * nested attribute with %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_* sub-attributes.
2056 *
2057 * @NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE: Flag attribute to indicate that a command
2058 * is requesting a local authentication/association state change without
2059 * invoking actual management frame exchange. This can be used with
2060 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE,
2061 * NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE.
2062 *
2063 * @NL80211_ATTR_AP_ISOLATE: (AP mode) Do not forward traffic between stations
2064 * connected to this BSS.
2065 *
2066 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING: Transmit power setting type. See
2067 * &enum nl80211_tx_power_setting for possible values.
2068 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_LEVEL: Transmit power level in signed mBm units.
2069 * This is used in association with @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING
2070 * for non-automatic settings.
2071 *
2072 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN: The device supports IBSS RSN, which mostly
2073 * means support for per-station GTKs.
2074 *
2075 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for transmitting.
2076 * This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should
2077 * not be used for transmitting. If an antenna is not selected in this
2078 * bitmap the hardware is not allowed to transmit on this antenna.
2079 *
2080 * Each bit represents one antenna, starting with antenna 1 at the first
2081 * bit. Depending on which antennas are selected in the bitmap, 802.11n
2082 * drivers can derive which chainmasks to use (if all antennas belonging to
2083 * a particular chain are disabled this chain should be disabled) and if
2084 * a chain has diversity antennas whether diversity should be used or not.
2085 * HT capabilities (STBC, TX Beamforming, Antenna selection) can be
2086 * derived from the available chains after applying the antenna mask.
2087 * Non-802.11n drivers can derive whether to use diversity or not.
2088 * Drivers may reject configurations or RX/TX mask combinations they cannot
2089 * support by returning -EINVAL.
2090 *
2091 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for receiving.
2092 * This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should
2093 * not be used for receiving. If an antenna is not selected in this bitmap
2094 * the hardware should not be configured to receive on this antenna.
2095 * For a more detailed description see @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX.
2096 *
2097 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX: Bitmap of antennas which are available
2098 * for configuration as TX antennas via the above parameters.
2099 *
2100 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX: Bitmap of antennas which are available
2101 * for configuration as RX antennas via the above parameters.
2102 *
2103 * @NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE: Multicast tx rate (in 100 kbps) for IBSS
2104 *
2105 * @NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK: For management frame TX, the frame may be
2106 * transmitted on another channel when the channel given doesn't match
2107 * the current channel. If the current channel doesn't match and this
2108 * flag isn't set, the frame will be rejected. This is also used as an
2109 * nl80211 capability flag.
2110 *
2111 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE: HT operation mode (u16)
2112 *
2113 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags
2114 * attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as.
2115 * See &enum nl80211_key_default_types.
2116 *
2117 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP: Optional mesh setup parameters. These cannot be
2118 * changed once the mesh is active.
2119 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG: Mesh configuration parameters, a nested attribute
2120 * containing attributes from &enum nl80211_meshconf_params.
2121 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH: Currently, this means the underlying driver
2122 * allows auth frames in a mesh to be passed to userspace for processing via
2123 * the @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH flag.
2124 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE: The state of a mesh peer link as defined in
2125 * &enum nl80211_plink_state. Used when userspace is driving the peer link
2126 * management state machine. @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE or
2127 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM must be enabled.
2128 *
2129 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED: indicates, as part of the wiphy
2130 * capabilities, the supported WoWLAN triggers
2131 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS: used by %NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN to
2132 * indicate which WoW triggers should be enabled. This is also
2133 * used by %NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN to get the currently enabled WoWLAN
2134 * triggers.
2135 *
2136 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL: Interval between scheduled scan
2137 * cycles, in msecs.
2138 *
2139 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH: Nested attribute with one or more
2140 * sets of attributes to match during scheduled scans. Only BSSs
2141 * that match any of the sets will be reported. These are
2142 * pass-thru filter rules.
2143 * For a match to succeed, the BSS must match all attributes of a
2144 * set. Since not every hardware supports matching all types of
2145 * attributes, there is no guarantee that the reported BSSs are
2146 * fully complying with the match sets and userspace needs to be
2147 * able to ignore them by itself.
2148 * Thus, the implementation is somewhat hardware-dependent, but
2149 * this is only an optimization and the userspace application
2150 * needs to handle all the non-filtered results anyway.
2151 * If the match attributes don't make sense when combined with
2152 * the values passed in @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS (eg. if an SSID
2153 * is included in the probe request, but the match attributes
2154 * will never let it go through), -EINVAL may be returned.
2155 * If omitted, no filtering is done.
2156 *
2157 * @NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS: Nested attribute listing the supported
2158 * interface combinations. In each nested item, it contains attributes
2159 * defined in &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs.
2160 * If the wiphy uses multiple radios (@NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RADIOS is set),
2161 * this attribute contains the interface combinations of the first radio.
2162 * See @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS for the global wiphy
2163 * combinations for the sum of all radios.
2164 * @NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES: Nested attribute (just like
2165 * %NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES) containing the interface types that
2166 * are managed in software: interfaces of these types aren't subject to
2167 * any restrictions in their number or combinations.
2168 *
2169 * @NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA: nested attribute containing the information
2170 * necessary for GTK rekeying in the device, see &enum nl80211_rekey_data.
2171 *
2172 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SUPP_RATES: rates per to be advertised as supported in scan,
2173 * nested array attribute containing an entry for each band, with the entry
2174 * being a list of supported rates as defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but
2175 * without the length restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES).
2176 *
2177 * @NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID: indicates whether SSID is to be hidden from Beacon
2178 * and Probe Response (when response to wildcard Probe Request); see
2179 * &enum nl80211_hidden_ssid, represented as a u32
2180 *
2181 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP: Information element(s) for Probe Response frame.
2182 * This is used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON and %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON to
2183 * provide extra IEs (e.g., WPS/P2P IE) into Probe Response frames when the
2184 * driver (or firmware) replies to Probe Request frames.
2185 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP: Information element(s) for (Re)Association
2186 * Response frames. This is used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON and
2187 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON to provide extra IEs (e.g., WPS/P2P IE) into
2188 * (Re)Association Response frames when the driver (or firmware) replies to
2189 * (Re)Association Request frames.
2190 *
2191 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME: Nested attribute containing the wme configuration
2192 * of the station, see &enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr.
2193 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD: the device supports uapsd when working
2194 * as AP.
2195 *
2196 * @NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT: Indicates whether the firmware is capable of
2197 * roaming to another AP in the same ESS if the signal lever is low.
2198 *
2199 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: Nested attribute containing the PMKSA caching
2200 * candidate information, see &enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr.
2201 *
2202 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE: Indicates whether to use CCK rate or not
2203 * for management frames transmission. In order to avoid p2p probe/action
2204 * frames are being transmitted at CCK rate in 2GHz band, the user space
2205 * applications use this attribute.
2206 * This attribute is used with %NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and
2207 * %NL80211_CMD_FRAME commands.
2208 *
2209 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION: Low level TDLS action code (e.g. link setup
2210 * request, link setup confirm, link teardown, etc.). Values are
2211 * described in the TDLS (802.11z) specification.
2212 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_DIALOG_TOKEN: Non-zero token for uniquely identifying a
2213 * TDLS conversation between two devices.
2214 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION: High level TDLS operation; see
2215 * &enum nl80211_tdls_operation, represented as a u8.
2216 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_SUPPORT: A flag indicating the device can operate
2217 * as a TDLS peer sta.
2218 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP: The TDLS discovery/setup and teardown
2219 * procedures should be performed by sending TDLS packets via
2220 * %NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT. Otherwise %NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER should be
2221 * used for asking the driver to perform a TDLS operation.
2222 *
2223 * @NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME: This u32 attribute may be listed for devices
2224 * that have AP support to indicate that they have the AP SME integrated
2225 * with support for the features listed in this attribute, see
2226 * &enum nl80211_ap_sme_features.
2227 *
2228 * @NL80211_ATTR_DONT_WAIT_FOR_ACK: Used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME, this tells
2229 * the driver to not wait for an acknowledgement. Note that due to this,
2230 * it will also not give a status callback nor return a cookie. This is
2231 * mostly useful for probe responses to save airtime.
2232 *
2233 * @NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS: This u32 attribute contains flags from
2234 * &enum nl80211_feature_flags and is advertised in wiphy information.
2235 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD: Indicates that the HW responds to probe
2236 * requests while operating in AP-mode.
2237 * This attribute holds a bitmap of the supported protocols for
2238 * offloading (see &enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr).
2239 *
2240 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP: Probe Response template data. Contains the entire
2241 * probe-response frame. The DA field in the 802.11 header is zero-ed out,
2242 * to be filled by the FW.
2243 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HT: Force HT capable interfaces to disable
2244 * this feature during association. This is a flag attribute.
2245 * Currently only supported in mac80211 drivers.
2246 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_VHT: Force VHT capable interfaces to disable
2247 * this feature during association. This is a flag attribute.
2248 * Currently only supported in mac80211 drivers.
2249 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HE: Force HE capable interfaces to disable
2250 * this feature during association. This is a flag attribute.
2251 * Currently only supported in mac80211 drivers.
2252 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_EHT: Force EHT capable interfaces to disable
2253 * this feature during association. This is a flag attribute.
2254 * Currently only supported in mac80211 drivers.
2255 * @NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY_MASK: Specify which bits of the
2256 * ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY to which attention should be paid.
2257 * Currently, only mac80211 NICs support this feature.
2258 * The values that may be configured are:
2259 * MCS rates, MAX-AMSDU, HT-20-40 and HT_CAP_SGI_40
2260 * AMPDU density and AMPDU factor.
2261 * All values are treated as suggestions and may be ignored
2262 * by the driver as required. The actual values may be seen in
2263 * the station debugfs ht_caps file.
2264 * @NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY_MASK: Specify which bits of the
2265 * ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY to which attention should be paid.
2266 * Currently, only mac80211 NICs support this feature.
2267 * All values are treated as suggestions and may be ignored
2268 * by the driver as required. The actual values may be seen in
2269 * the station debugfs vht_caps file.
2270 *
2271 * @NL80211_ATTR_DFS_REGION: region for regulatory rules which this country
2272 * abides to when initiating radiation on DFS channels. A country maps
2273 * to one DFS region.
2274 *
2275 * @NL80211_ATTR_NOACK_MAP: This u16 bitmap contains the No Ack Policy of
2276 * up to 16 TIDs.
2277 *
2278 * @NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT: timeout value in seconds, this can be
2279 * used by the drivers which has MLME in firmware and does not have support
2280 * to report per station tx/rx activity to free up the station entry from
2281 * the list. This needs to be used when the driver advertises the
2282 * capability to timeout the stations.
2283 *
2284 * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM: signal strength in dBm (as a 32-bit int);
2285 * this attribute is (depending on the driver capabilities) added to
2286 * received frames indicated with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME.
2287 *
2288 * @NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD: Background scan period in seconds
2289 * or 0 to disable background scan.
2290 *
2291 * @NL80211_ATTR_USER_REG_HINT_TYPE: type of regulatory hint passed from
2292 * userspace. If unset it is assumed the hint comes directly from
2293 * a user. If set code could specify exactly what type of source
2294 * was used to provide the hint. For the different types of
2295 * allowed user regulatory hints see nl80211_user_reg_hint_type.
2296 *
2297 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON: The reason for which AP has rejected
2298 * the connection request from a station. nl80211_connect_failed_reason
2299 * enum has different reasons of connection failure.
2300 *
2301 * @NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA: Fields and elements in Authentication frames.
2302 * This contains the authentication frame body (non-IE and IE data),
2303 * excluding the Authentication algorithm number, i.e., starting at the
2304 * Authentication transaction sequence number field. It is used with
2305 * authentication algorithms that need special fields to be added into
2306 * the frames (SAE and FILS). Currently, only the SAE cases use the
2307 * initial two fields (Authentication transaction sequence number and
2308 * Status code). However, those fields are included in the attribute data
2309 * for all authentication algorithms to keep the attribute definition
2310 * consistent.
2311 *
2312 * @NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY: VHT Capability information element (from
2313 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION)
2314 *
2315 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS: scan request control flags (u32)
2316 *
2317 * @NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW: P2P GO Client Traffic Window (u8), used with
2318 * the START_AP and SET_BSS commands
2319 * @NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS: P2P GO opportunistic PS (u8), used with the
2320 * START_AP and SET_BSS commands. This can have the values 0 or 1;
2321 * if not given in START_AP 0 is assumed, if not given in SET_BSS
2322 * no change is made.
2323 *
2324 * @NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE: local mesh STA link-specific power mode
2325 * defined in &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode.
2326 *
2327 * @NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY: ACL policy, see &enum nl80211_acl_policy,
2328 * carried in a u32 attribute
2329 *
2330 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS: Array of nested MAC addresses, used for
2331 * MAC ACL.
2332 *
2333 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX: u32 attribute to advertise the maximum
2334 * number of MAC addresses that a device can support for MAC
2335 * ACL.
2336 *
2337 * @NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT: Type of radar event for notification to userspace,
2338 * contains a value of enum nl80211_radar_event (u32).
2339 *
2340 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA: 802.11 extended capabilities that the kernel driver
2341 * has and handles. The format is the same as the IE contents. See
2342 * 802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for more information.
2343 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK: Extended capabilities that the kernel driver
2344 * has set in the %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA value, for multibit fields.
2345 *
2346 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY: Station capabilities (u16) are advertised to
2347 * the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS power save (PU-APSD).
2348 *
2349 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY: Station extended capabilities are
2350 * advertised to the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS off channel operations
2351 * and PU-APSD.
2352 *
2353 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES: global nl80211 feature flags, see
2354 * &enum nl80211_protocol_features, the attribute is a u32.
2355 *
2356 * @NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP: flag attribute, userspace supports
2357 * receiving the data for a single wiphy split across multiple
2358 * messages, given with wiphy dump message
2359 *
2360 * @NL80211_ATTR_MDID: Mobility Domain Identifier
2361 *
2362 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC: Resource Information Container Information
2363 * Element
2364 *
2365 * @NL80211_ATTR_CRIT_PROT_ID: critical protocol identifier requiring increased
2366 * reliability, see &enum nl80211_crit_proto_id (u16).
2367 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION: duration in milliseconds in which
2368 * the connection should have increased reliability (u16).
2369 *
2370 * @NL80211_ATTR_PEER_AID: Association ID for the peer TDLS station (u16).
2371 * This is similar to @NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID but with a difference of being
2372 * allowed to be used with the first @NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION command to
2373 * update a TDLS peer STA entry. For S1G interfaces, this is limited to
2374 * 1600 for the current mac80211 implementation.
2375 *
2376 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE: Coalesce rule information.
2377 *
2378 * @NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT: u32 attribute specifying the number of TBTT's
2379 * until the channel switch event.
2380 * @NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX: flag attribute specifying that transmission
2381 * must be blocked on the current channel (before the channel switch
2382 * operation). Also included in the channel switch started event if quiet
2383 * was requested by the AP.
2384 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES: Nested set of attributes containing the IE information
2385 * for the time while performing a channel switch.
2386 * @NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_BEACON: An array of offsets (u16) to the channel
2387 * switch or color change counters in the beacons tail (%NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL).
2388 * @NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_PRESP: An array of offsets (u16) to the channel
2389 * switch or color change counters in the probe response (%NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP).
2390 *
2391 * @NL80211_ATTR_RXMGMT_FLAGS: flags for nl80211_send_mgmt(), u32.
2392 * As specified in the &enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags.
2393 *
2394 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_CHANNELS: array of supported channels.
2395 *
2396 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_OPER_CLASSES: array of supported
2397 * operating classes.
2398 *
2399 * @NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS: A flag indicating whether user space
2400 * controls DFS operation in IBSS mode. If the flag is included in
2401 * %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS request, the driver will allow use of DFS
2402 * channels and reports radar events to userspace. Userspace is required
2403 * to react to radar events, e.g. initiate a channel switch or leave the
2404 * IBSS network.
2405 *
2406 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_5_MHZ: A flag indicating that the device supports
2407 * 5 MHz channel bandwidth.
2408 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_10_MHZ: A flag indicating that the device supports
2409 * 10 MHz channel bandwidth.
2410 *
2411 * @NL80211_ATTR_OPMODE_NOTIF: Operating mode field from Operating Mode
2412 * Notification Element based on association request when used with
2413 * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION or %NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION (only when
2414 * %NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE is supported, or with TDLS);
2415 * u8 attribute.
2416 *
2417 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID: The vendor ID, either a 24-bit OUI or, if
2418 * %NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX is set, a special Linux ID (not used yet)
2419 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD: vendor sub-command
2420 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA: data for the vendor command, if any; this
2421 * attribute is also used for vendor command feature advertisement
2422 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_EVENTS: used for event list advertising in the wiphy
2423 * info, containing a nested array of possible events
2424 *
2425 * @NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP: IP DSCP mapping for Interworking QoS mapping. This
2426 * data is in the format defined for the payload of the QoS Map Set element
2427 * in IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 8.4.2.97.
2428 *
2429 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT: MAC address recommendation as initial BSS
2430 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT: frequency of the recommended initial BSS
2431 *
2432 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_AP_ASSOC_STA: Device attribute that indicates how many
2433 * associated stations are supported in AP mode (including P2P GO); u32.
2434 * Since drivers may not have a fixed limit on the maximum number (e.g.,
2435 * other concurrent operations may affect this), drivers are allowed to
2436 * advertise values that cannot always be met. In such cases, an attempt
2437 * to add a new station entry with @NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION may fail.
2438 *
2439 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX: An array of csa counter offsets (u16) which
2440 * should be updated when the frame is transmitted.
2441 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS: U8 attribute used to advertise the maximum
2442 * supported number of csa counters.
2443 *
2444 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_PEER_CAPABILITY: flags for TDLS peer capabilities, u32.
2445 * As specified in the &enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability.
2446 *
2447 * @NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER: Flag attribute, if set during interface
2448 * creation then the new interface will be owned by the netlink socket
2449 * that created it and will be destroyed when the socket is closed.
2450 * If set during scheduled scan start then the new scan req will be
2451 * owned by the netlink socket that created it and the scheduled scan will
2452 * be stopped when the socket is closed.
2453 * If set during configuration of regulatory indoor operation then the
2454 * regulatory indoor configuration would be owned by the netlink socket
2455 * that configured the indoor setting, and the indoor operation would be
2456 * cleared when the socket is closed.
2457 * If set during NAN interface creation, the interface will be destroyed
2458 * if the socket is closed just like any other interface. Moreover, NAN
2459 * notifications will be sent in unicast to that socket. Without this
2460 * attribute, the notifications will be sent to the %NL80211_MCGRP_NAN
2461 * multicast group.
2462 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE or %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT the
2463 * station will deauthenticate when the socket is closed.
2464 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS the IBSS will be automatically
2465 * torn down when the socket is closed.
2466 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH the mesh setup will be
2467 * automatically torn down when the socket is closed.
2468 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_START_AP the AP will be automatically
2469 * disabled when the socket is closed.
2470 *
2471 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_INITIATOR: flag attribute indicating the current end is
2472 * the TDLS link initiator.
2473 *
2474 * @NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM: flag for indicating whether the current connection
2475 * shall support Radio Resource Measurements (11k). This attribute can be
2476 * used with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests.
2477 * User space applications are expected to use this flag only if the
2478 * underlying device supports these minimal RRM features:
2479 * %NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES,
2480 * %NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET,
2481 * Or, if global RRM is supported, see:
2482 * %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM
2483 * If this flag is used, driver must add the Power Capabilities IE to the
2484 * association request. In addition, it must also set the RRM capability
2485 * flag in the association request's Capability Info field.
2486 *
2487 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK: flag attribute used to enable ACK timeout
2488 * estimation algorithm (dynack). In order to activate dynack
2489 * %NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION feature flag must be set by lower
2490 * drivers to indicate dynack capability. Dynack is automatically disabled
2491 * setting valid value for coverage class.
2492 *
2493 * @NL80211_ATTR_TSID: a TSID value (u8 attribute)
2494 * @NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO: user priority value (u8 attribute)
2495 * @NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME: admitted time in units of 32 microseconds
2496 * (per second) (u16 attribute)
2497 *
2498 * @NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE: SMPS mode to use (ap mode). see
2499 * &enum nl80211_smps_mode.
2500 *
2501 * @NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS: operating class
2502 *
2503 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK: MAC address mask
2504 *
2505 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG: flag attribute indicating this device
2506 * is self-managing its regulatory information and any regulatory domain
2507 * obtained from it is coming from the device's wiphy and not the global
2508 * cfg80211 regdomain.
2509 *
2510 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES: extended feature flags contained in a byte
2511 * array. The feature flags are identified by their bit index (see &enum
2512 * nl80211_ext_feature_index). The bit index is ordered starting at the
2513 * least-significant bit of the first byte in the array, ie. bit index 0
2514 * is located at bit 0 of byte 0. bit index 25 would be located at bit 1
2515 * of byte 3 (u8 array).
2516 *
2517 * @NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_RADIO_STATS: Request overall radio statistics to be
2518 * returned along with other survey data. If set, @NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY
2519 * may return a survey entry without a channel indicating global radio
2520 * statistics (only some values are valid and make sense.)
2521 * For devices that don't return such an entry even then, the information
2522 * should be contained in the result as the sum of the respective counters
2523 * over all channels.
2524 *
2525 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY: delay before the first cycle of a
2526 * scheduled scan is started. Or the delay before a WoWLAN
2527 * net-detect scan is started, counting from the moment the
2528 * system is suspended. This value is a u32, in seconds.
2529 *
2530 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_INDOOR: flag attribute, if set indicates that the device
2531 * is operating in an indoor environment.
2532 *
2533 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS: maximum number of scan plans for
2534 * scheduled scan supported by the device (u32), a wiphy attribute.
2535 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL: maximum interval (in seconds) for
2536 * a scan plan (u32), a wiphy attribute.
2537 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS: maximum number of iterations in
2538 * a scan plan (u32), a wiphy attribute.
2539 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS: a list of scan plans for scheduled scan.
2540 * Each scan plan defines the number of scan iterations and the interval
2541 * between scans. The last scan plan will always run infinitely,
2542 * thus it must not specify the number of iterations, only the interval
2543 * between scans. The scan plans are executed sequentially.
2544 * Each scan plan is a nested attribute of &enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan.
2545 * @NL80211_ATTR_PBSS: flag attribute. If set it means operate
2546 * in a PBSS. Specified in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to request
2547 * connecting to a PCP, and in %NL80211_CMD_START_AP to start
2548 * a PCP instead of AP. Relevant for DMG networks only.
2549 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT: nested attribute for driver supporting the
2550 * BSS selection feature. When used with %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY it contains
2551 * attributes according &enum nl80211_bss_select_attr to indicate what
2552 * BSS selection behaviours are supported. When used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
2553 * it contains the behaviour-specific attribute containing the parameters for
2554 * BSS selection to be done by driver and/or firmware.
2555 *
2556 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORT_P2P_PS: whether P2P PS mechanism supported
2557 * or not. u8, one of the values of &enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status
2558 *
2559 * @NL80211_ATTR_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
2560 *
2561 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_EXT_CAPA: Nested attribute of the following attributes:
2562 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA,
2563 * %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK, to specify the extended capabilities and
2564 * other interface-type specific capabilities per interface type. For MLO,
2565 * %NL80211_ATTR_EML_CAPABILITY and %NL80211_ATTR_MLD_CAPA_AND_OPS are
2566 * present.
2567 *
2568 * @NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA: array of 24 bytes that defines a MU-MIMO
2569 * groupID for monitor mode.
2570 * The first 8 bytes are a mask that defines the membership in each
2571 * group (there are 64 groups, group 0 and 63 are reserved),
2572 * each bit represents a group and set to 1 for being a member in
2573 * that group and 0 for not being a member.
2574 * The remaining 16 bytes define the position in each group: 2 bits for
2575 * each group.
2576 * (smaller group numbers represented on most significant bits and bigger
2577 * group numbers on least significant bits.)
2578 * This attribute is used only if all interfaces are in monitor mode.
2579 * Set this attribute in order to monitor packets using the given MU-MIMO
2580 * groupID data.
2581 * to turn off that feature set all the bits of the groupID to zero.
2582 * @NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR: mac address for the sniffer to follow
2583 * when using MU-MIMO air sniffer.
2584 * to turn that feature off set an invalid mac address
2585 * (e.g. FF:FF:FF:FF:FF:FF)
2586 *
2587 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF: The time at which the scan was actually
2588 * started (u64). The time is the TSF of the BSS the interface that
2589 * requested the scan is connected to (if available, otherwise this
2590 * attribute must not be included).
2591 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF_BSSID: The BSS according to which
2592 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF is set.
2593 * @NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION: measurement duration in TUs (u16). If
2594 * %NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY is not set, this is the
2595 * maximum measurement duration allowed. This attribute is used with
2596 * measurement requests. It can also be used with %NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN
2597 * if the scan is used for beacon report radio measurement.
2598 * @NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY: flag attribute that indicates
2599 * that the duration specified with %NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION is
2600 * mandatory. If this flag is not set, the duration is the maximum duration
2601 * and the actual measurement duration may be shorter.
2602 *
2603 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PEER_AID: Association ID for the mesh peer (u16). This is
2604 * used to pull the stored data for mesh peer in power save state.
2605 *
2606 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF: the master preference to be used by
2607 * %NL80211_CMD_START_NAN and optionally with
2608 * %NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG. Its type is u8 and it can't be 0.
2609 * Also, values 1 and 255 are reserved for certification purposes and
2610 * should not be used during a normal device operation.
2611 * @NL80211_ATTR_BANDS: operating bands configuration. This is a u32
2612 * bitmask of BIT(NL80211_BAND_*) as described in %enum
2613 * nl80211_band. For instance, for NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0
2614 * would be set. This attribute is used with
2615 * %NL80211_CMD_START_NAN and %NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG, and
2616 * it is optional. If no bands are set, it means don't-care and
2617 * the device will decide what to use.
2618 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC: a function that can be added to NAN. See
2619 * &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes for description of this nested
2620 * attribute.
2621 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH: used to report a match. This is a nested attribute.
2622 * See &enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes.
2623 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK: KEK for FILS (Re)Association Request/Response frame
2624 * protection.
2625 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES: Nonces (part of AAD) for FILS (Re)Association
2626 * Request/Response frame protection. This attribute contains the 16 octet
2627 * STA Nonce followed by 16 octets of AP Nonce.
2628 *
2629 * @NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED: Indicates whether or not multicast
2630 * packets should be send out as unicast to all stations (flag attribute).
2631 *
2632 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSSID: The BSSID of the AP. Note that %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is also
2633 * used in various commands/events for specifying the BSSID.
2634 *
2635 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI: Relative RSSI threshold by which
2636 * other BSSs has to be better or slightly worse than the current
2637 * connected BSS so that they get reported to user space.
2638 * This will give an opportunity to userspace to consider connecting to
2639 * other matching BSSs which have better or slightly worse RSSI than
2640 * the current connected BSS by using an offloaded operation to avoid
2641 * unnecessary wakeups.
2642 *
2643 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for BSSs in
2644 * the specified band is to be adjusted before doing
2645 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI based comparison to figure out
2646 * better BSSs. The attribute value is a packed structure
2647 * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust.
2648 *
2649 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT_REASON: The reason for which an operation timed out.
2650 * u32 attribute with an &enum nl80211_timeout_reason value. This is used,
2651 * e.g., with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT event.
2652 *
2653 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME: EAP Re-authentication Protocol (ERP)
2654 * username part of NAI used to refer keys rRK and rIK. This is used with
2655 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2656 *
2657 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM: EAP Re-authentication Protocol (ERP) realm part
2658 * of NAI specifying the domain name of the ER server. This is used with
2659 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2660 *
2661 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM: Unsigned 16-bit ERP next sequence number
2662 * to use in ERP messages. This is used in generating the FILS wrapped data
2663 * for FILS authentication and is used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2664 *
2665 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK: ERP re-authentication Root Key (rRK) for the
2666 * NAI specified by %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME and
2667 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM. This is used for generating rIK and rMSK
2668 * from successful FILS authentication and is used with
2669 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2670 *
2671 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID: A 2-octet identifier advertised by a FILS AP
2672 * identifying the scope of PMKSAs. This is used with
2673 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA and @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA.
2674 *
2675 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMK: attribute for passing PMK key material. Used with
2676 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA for the PMKSA identified by %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID.
2677 * For %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and %NL80211_CMD_START_AP it is used to provide
2678 * PSK for offloading 4-way handshake for WPA/WPA2-PSK networks. For 802.1X
2679 * authentication it is used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK. For offloaded FT
2680 * support this attribute specifies the PMK-R0 if NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME
2681 * is included as well.
2682 *
2683 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI: flag attribute which user-space shall use to
2684 * indicate that it supports multiple active scheduled scan requests.
2685 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MAX_REQS: indicates maximum number of scheduled
2686 * scan request that may be active for the device (u32).
2687 *
2688 * @NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS: flag attribute which user-space can include
2689 * in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to indicate that for 802.1X authentication it
2690 * wants to use the supported offload of the 4-way handshake.
2691 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME: PMK-R0 Name for offloaded FT.
2692 * @NL80211_ATTR_PORT_AUTHORIZED: (reserved)
2693 *
2694 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION: Identify the requested external
2695 * authentication operation (u32 attribute with an
2696 * &enum nl80211_external_auth_action value). This is used with the
2697 * %NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH request event.
2698 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: Flag attribute indicating that the user
2699 * space supports external authentication. This attribute shall be used
2700 * with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and %NL80211_CMD_START_AP request. The driver
2701 * may offload authentication processing to user space if this capability
2702 * is indicated in the respective requests from the user space. (This flag
2703 * attribute deprecated for %NL80211_CMD_START_AP, use
2704 * %NL80211_ATTR_AP_SETTINGS_FLAGS)
2705 *
2706 * @NL80211_ATTR_NSS: Station's New/updated RX_NSS value notified using this
2707 * u8 attribute. This is used with %NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED.
2708 *
2709 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_STATS: TXQ statistics (nested attribute, see &enum
2710 * nl80211_txq_stats)
2711 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_LIMIT: Total packet limit for the TXQ queues for this phy.
2712 * The smaller of this and the memory limit is enforced.
2713 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT: Total memory limit (in bytes) for the
2714 * TXQ queues for this phy. The smaller of this and the packet limit is
2715 * enforced.
2716 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_QUANTUM: TXQ scheduler quantum (bytes). Number of bytes
2717 * a flow is assigned on each round of the DRR scheduler.
2718 * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_CAPABILITY: HE Capability information element (from
2719 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). Can be set
2720 * only if %NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME is set (except for NAN, which uses WME
2721 * anyway).
2722 *
2723 * @NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER: nested attribute which user-space can include
2724 * in %NL80211_CMD_START_AP or %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON for fine timing
2725 * measurement (FTM) responder functionality and containing parameters as
2726 * possible, see &enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attr
2727 *
2728 * @NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS: Nested attribute with FTM responder
2729 * statistics, see &enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats.
2730 *
2731 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT: Timeout for the given operation in milliseconds (u32),
2732 * if the attribute is not given no timeout is requested. Note that 0 is an
2733 * invalid value.
2734 *
2735 * @NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS: peer measurements request (and result)
2736 * data, uses nested attributes specified in
2737 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs.
2738 * This is also used for capability advertisement in the wiphy information,
2739 * with the appropriate sub-attributes.
2740 *
2741 * @NL80211_ATTR_AIRTIME_WEIGHT: Station's weight when scheduled by the airtime
2742 * scheduler.
2743 *
2744 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER_SETTING: Transmit power setting type (u8) for
2745 * station associated with the AP. See &enum nl80211_tx_power_setting for
2746 * possible values.
2747 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER: Transmit power level (s16) in dBm units. This
2748 * allows to set Tx power for a station. If this attribute is not included,
2749 * the default per-interface tx power setting will be overriding. Driver
2750 * should be picking up the lowest tx power, either tx power per-interface
2751 * or per-station.
2752 *
2753 * @NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD: attribute for passing SAE password material. It
2754 * is used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to provide password for offloading
2755 * SAE authentication for WPA3-Personal networks.
2756 *
2757 * @NL80211_ATTR_TWT_RESPONDER: Enable target wait time responder support.
2758 *
2759 * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_OBSS_PD: nested attribute for OBSS Packet Detection
2760 * functionality.
2761 *
2762 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_CHANNELS: bitmap that indicates the 2.16 GHz
2763 * channel(s) that are allowed to be used for EDMG transmissions.
2764 * Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251. (u8 attribute)
2765 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_BW_CONFIG: Channel BW Configuration subfield encodes
2766 * the allowed channel bandwidth configurations. (u8 attribute)
2767 * Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251, Table 13.
2768 *
2769 * @NL80211_ATTR_VLAN_ID: VLAN ID (1..4094) for the station and VLAN group key
2770 * (u16).
2771 *
2772 * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_BSS_COLOR: nested attribute for BSS Color Settings.
2773 *
2774 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_AKM_SUITES: nested array attribute, with each entry
2775 * using attributes from &enum nl80211_iftype_akm_attributes. This
2776 * attribute is sent in a response to %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY indicating
2777 * supported AKM suites capability per interface. AKMs advertised in
2778 * %NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES are default capabilities if AKM suites not
2779 * advertised for a specific interface type.
2780 *
2781 * @NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG: TID specific configuration in a
2782 * nested attribute with &enum nl80211_tid_config_attr sub-attributes;
2783 * on output (in wiphy attributes) it contains only the feature sub-
2784 * attributes.
2785 *
2786 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH: disable preauth frame rx on control
2787 * port in order to forward/receive them as ordinary data frames.
2788 *
2789 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMK_LIFETIME: Maximum lifetime for PMKSA in seconds (u32,
2790 * dot11RSNAConfigPMKReauthThreshold; 0 is not a valid value).
2791 * An optional parameter configured through %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA.
2792 * Drivers that trigger roaming need to know the lifetime of the
2793 * configured PMKSA for triggering the full vs. PMKSA caching based
2794 * authentication. This timeout helps authentication methods like SAE,
2795 * where PMK gets updated only by going through a full (new SAE)
2796 * authentication instead of getting updated during an association for EAP
2797 * authentication. No new full authentication within the PMK expiry shall
2798 * result in a disassociation at the end of the lifetime.
2799 *
2800 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMK_REAUTH_THRESHOLD: Reauthentication threshold time, in
2801 * terms of percentage of %NL80211_ATTR_PMK_LIFETIME
2802 * (u8, dot11RSNAConfigPMKReauthThreshold, 1..100). This is an optional
2803 * parameter configured through %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA. Requests the
2804 * driver to trigger a full authentication roam (without PMKSA caching)
2805 * after the reauthentication threshold time, but before the PMK lifetime
2806 * has expired.
2807 *
2808 * Authentication methods like SAE need to be able to generate a new PMKSA
2809 * entry without having to force a disconnection after the PMK timeout. If
2810 * no roaming occurs between the reauth threshold and PMK expiration,
2811 * disassociation is still forced.
2812 * @NL80211_ATTR_RECEIVE_MULTICAST: multicast flag for the
2813 * %NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME command, see the description there.
2814 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET: offset of the associated
2815 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ in positive KHz. Only valid when supplied with
2816 * an %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET.
2817 * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1_OFFSET: Center frequency offset in KHz for the
2818 * first channel segment specified in %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1.
2819 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ: nested attribute with KHz frequencies
2820 *
2821 * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPABILITY: HE 6 GHz Band Capability element (from
2822 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION).
2823 *
2824 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_DISCOVERY: Optional parameter to configure FILS
2825 * discovery. It is a nested attribute, see
2826 * &enum nl80211_fils_discovery_attributes. Userspace should pass an empty
2827 * nested attribute to disable this feature and delete the templates.
2828 *
2829 * @NL80211_ATTR_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: Optional parameter to configure
2830 * unsolicited broadcast probe response. It is a nested attribute, see
2831 * &enum nl80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp_attributes. Userspace should pass an empty
2832 * nested attribute to disable this feature and delete the templates.
2833 *
2834 * @NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY: S1G Capability information element (from
2835 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION)
2836 * @NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY_MASK: S1G Capability Information element
2837 * override mask. Used with NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY in
2838 * NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE or NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2839 *
2840 * @NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PWE: Indicates the mechanism(s) allowed for SAE PWE
2841 * derivation in WPA3-Personal networks which are using SAE authentication.
2842 * This is a u8 attribute that encapsulates one of the values from
2843 * &enum nl80211_sae_pwe_mechanism.
2844 *
2845 * @NL80211_ATTR_SAR_SPEC: SAR power limitation specification when
2846 * used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_SAR_SPECS. The message contains fields
2847 * of %nl80211_sar_attrs which specifies the sar type and related
2848 * sar specs. Sar specs contains array of %nl80211_sar_specs_attrs.
2849 *
2850 * @NL80211_ATTR_RECONNECT_REQUESTED: flag attribute, used with deauth and
2851 * disassoc events to indicate that an immediate reconnect to the AP
2852 * is desired.
2853 *
2854 * @NL80211_ATTR_OBSS_COLOR_BITMAP: bitmap of the u64 BSS colors for the
2855 * %NL80211_CMD_OBSS_COLOR_COLLISION event.
2856 *
2857 * @NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_COUNT: u8 attribute specifying the number of TBTT's
2858 * until the color switch event.
2859 * @NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_COLOR: u8 attribute specifying the color that we are
2860 * switching to
2861 * @NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_ELEMS: Nested set of attributes containing the IE
2862 * information for the time while performing a color switch.
2863 *
2864 * @NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_CONFIG: Nested attribute for multiple BSSID
2865 * advertisements (MBSSID) parameters in AP mode.
2866 * Kernel uses this attribute to indicate the driver's support for MBSSID
2867 * and enhanced multi-BSSID advertisements (EMA AP) to the userspace.
2868 * Userspace should use this attribute to configure per interface MBSSID
2869 * parameters.
2870 * See &enum nl80211_mbssid_config_attributes for details.
2871 *
2872 * @NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_ELEMS: Nested parameter to pass multiple BSSID elements.
2873 * Mandatory parameter for the transmitting interface to enable MBSSID.
2874 * Optional for the non-transmitting interfaces.
2875 *
2876 * @NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_BACKGROUND: Configure dedicated offchannel chain
2877 * available for radar/CAC detection on some hw. This chain can't be used
2878 * to transmit or receive frames and it is bounded to a running wdev.
2879 * Background radar/CAC detection allows to avoid the CAC downtime
2880 * switching on a different channel during CAC detection on the selected
2881 * radar channel.
2882 *
2883 * @NL80211_ATTR_AP_SETTINGS_FLAGS: u32 attribute contains ap settings flags,
2884 * enumerated in &enum nl80211_ap_settings_flags. This attribute shall be
2885 * used with %NL80211_CMD_START_AP request.
2886 *
2887 * @NL80211_ATTR_EHT_CAPABILITY: EHT Capability information element (from
2888 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). Can be set
2889 * only if %NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME is set.
2890 *
2891 * @NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID: A (u8) link ID for use with MLO, to be used with
2892 * various commands that need a link ID to operate.
2893 * @NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINKS: A nested array of links, each containing some
2894 * per-link information and a link ID.
2895 * @NL80211_ATTR_MLD_ADDR: An MLD address, used with various commands such as
2896 * authenticate/associate.
2897 *
2898 * @NL80211_ATTR_MLO_SUPPORT: Flag attribute to indicate user space supports MLO
2899 * connection. Used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. If this attribute is not
2900 * included in NL80211_CMD_CONNECT drivers must not perform MLO connection.
2901 *
2902 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_AKM_SUITES: U16 attribute. Indicates maximum number of
2903 * AKM suites allowed for %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT, %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and
2904 * %NL80211_CMD_START_AP in %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY response. If this
2905 * attribute is not present userspace shall consider maximum number of AKM
2906 * suites allowed as %NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES which is the legacy maximum
2907 * number prior to the introduction of this attribute.
2908 *
2909 * @NL80211_ATTR_EML_CAPABILITY: EML Capability information (u16)
2910 * @NL80211_ATTR_MLD_CAPA_AND_OPS: MLD Capabilities and Operations (u16)
2911 *
2912 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_HW_TIMESTAMP: Hardware timestamp for TX operation in
2913 * nanoseconds (u64). This is the device clock timestamp so it will
2914 * probably reset when the device is stopped or the firmware is reset.
2915 * When used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS, indicates the frame TX
2916 * timestamp. When used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME RX notification, indicates
2917 * the ack TX timestamp.
2918 * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_HW_TIMESTAMP: Hardware timestamp for RX operation in
2919 * nanoseconds (u64). This is the device clock timestamp so it will
2920 * probably reset when the device is stopped or the firmware is reset.
2921 * When used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS, indicates the ack RX
2922 * timestamp. When used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME RX notification, indicates
2923 * the incoming frame RX timestamp.
2924 * @NL80211_ATTR_TD_BITMAP: Transition Disable bitmap, for subsequent
2925 * (re)associations.
2926 *
2927 * @NL80211_ATTR_PUNCT_BITMAP: (u32) Preamble puncturing bitmap, lowest
2928 * bit corresponds to the lowest 20 MHz channel. Each bit set to 1
2929 * indicates that the sub-channel is punctured. Higher 16 bits are
2930 * reserved.
2931 *
2932 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_HW_TIMESTAMP_PEERS: Maximum number of peers that HW
2933 * timestamping can be enabled for concurrently (u16), a wiphy attribute.
2934 * A value of 0xffff indicates setting for all peers (i.e. not specifying
2935 * an address with %NL80211_CMD_SET_HW_TIMESTAMP) is supported.
2936 * @NL80211_ATTR_HW_TIMESTAMP_ENABLED: Indicates whether HW timestamping should
2937 * be enabled or not (flag attribute).
2938 *
2939 * @NL80211_ATTR_EMA_RNR_ELEMS: Optional nested attribute for
2940 * reduced neighbor report (RNR) elements. This attribute can be used
2941 * only when NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_EMA is enabled.
2942 * Userspace is responsible for splitting the RNR into multiple
2943 * elements such that each element excludes the non-transmitting
2944 * profiles already included in the MBSSID element
2945 * (%NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_ELEMS) at the same index. Each EMA beacon
2946 * will be generated by adding MBSSID and RNR elements at the same
2947 * index. If the userspace includes more RNR elements than number of
2948 * MBSSID elements then these will be added in every EMA beacon.
2949 *
2950 * @NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_DISABLED: Unused. It was used to indicate that a link
2951 * is disabled during association. However, the AP will send the
2952 * information by including a TTLM in the association response.
2953 *
2954 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_DUMP_INCLUDE_USE_DATA: Include BSS usage data, i.e.
2955 * include BSSes that can only be used in restricted scenarios and/or
2956 * cannot be used at all.
2957 *
2958 * @NL80211_ATTR_MLO_TTLM_DLINK: Binary attribute specifying the downlink TID to
2959 * link mapping. The length is 8 * sizeof(u16). For each TID the link
2960 * mapping is as defined in section 9.4.2.314 (TID-To-Link Mapping element)
2961 * in Draft P802.11be_D4.0.
2962 * @NL80211_ATTR_MLO_TTLM_ULINK: Binary attribute specifying the uplink TID to
2963 * link mapping. The length is 8 * sizeof(u16). For each TID the link
2964 * mapping is as defined in section 9.4.2.314 (TID-To-Link Mapping element)
2965 * in Draft P802.11be_D4.0.
2966 *
2967 * @NL80211_ATTR_ASSOC_SPP_AMSDU: flag attribute used with
2968 * %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE indicating the SPP A-MSDUs
2969 * are used on this connection
2970 *
2971 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RADIOS: Nested attribute describing physical radios
2972 * belonging to this wiphy. See &enum nl80211_wiphy_radio_attrs.
2973 *
2974 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS: Nested attribute listing the
2975 * supported interface combinations for all radios combined. In each
2976 * nested item, it contains attributes defined in
2977 * &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs.
2978 *
2979 * @NL80211_ATTR_VIF_RADIO_MASK: Bitmask of allowed radios (u32).
2980 * A value of 0 means all radios.
2981 *
2982 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_SELECTORS: supported BSS Membership Selectors, array
2983 * of supported selectors as defined by IEEE Std 802.11-2020 9.4.2.3 but
2984 * without the length restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_SELECTORS).
2985 * This can be used to provide a list of selectors that are implemented
2986 * by the supplicant. If not given, support for SAE_H2E is assumed.
2987 *
2988 * @NL80211_ATTR_MLO_RECONF_REM_LINKS: (u16) A bitmask of the links requested
2989 * to be removed from the MLO association.
2990 *
2991 * @NL80211_ATTR_EPCS: Flag attribute indicating that EPCS is enabled for a
2992 * station interface.
2993 *
2994 * @NL80211_ATTR_ASSOC_MLD_EXT_CAPA_OPS: Extended MLD capabilities and
2995 * operations that userspace implements to use during association/ML
2996 * link reconfig, currently only "BTM MLD Recommendation For Multiple
2997 * APs Support". Drivers may set additional flags that they support
2998 * in the kernel or device.
2999 *
3000 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RADIO_INDEX: (int) Integer attribute denoting the index
3001 * of the radio in interest. Internally a value of -1 is used to
3002 * indicate that the radio id is not given in user-space. This means
3003 * that all the attributes are applicable to all the radios. If there is
3004 * a radio index provided in user-space, the attributes will be
3005 * applicable to that specific radio only. If the radio id is greater
3006 * thank the number of radios, error denoting invalid value is returned.
3007 *
3008 * @NL80211_ATTR_S1G_LONG_BEACON_PERIOD: (u8) Integer attribute that represents
3009 * the number of beacon intervals between each long beacon transmission
3010 * for an S1G BSS with short beaconing enabled. This is a required
3011 * attribute for initialising an S1G short beaconing BSS. When updating
3012 * the short beacon data, this is not required. It has a minimum value of
3013 * 2 (i.e 2 beacon intervals).
3014 *
3015 * @NL80211_ATTR_S1G_SHORT_BEACON: Nested attribute containing the short beacon
3016 * head and tail used to set or update the short beacon templates. When
3017 * bringing up a new interface, %NL80211_ATTR_S1G_LONG_BEACON_PERIOD is
3018 * required alongside this attribute. Refer to
3019 * @enum nl80211_s1g_short_beacon_attrs for the attribute definitions.
3020 *
3021 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_PARAM: nested attribute used with %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY
3022 * which indicates which BSS parameters can be modified. The attribute can
3023 * also be used as flag attribute by user-space in %NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS to
3024 * indicate that it wants strict checking on the BSS parameters to be
3025 * modified.
3026 *
3027 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_CONFIG: Nested attribute for
3028 * extended NAN cluster configuration. This is used with
3029 * %NL80211_CMD_START_NAN and %NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG.
3030 * See &enum nl80211_nan_conf_attributes for details.
3031 * This attribute is optional.
3032 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_NEW_CLUSTER: Flag attribute indicating that a new
3033 * NAN cluster has been created. This is used with
3034 * %NL80211_CMD_NAN_CLUSTER_JOINED
3035 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_CAPABILITIES: Nested attribute for NAN capabilities.
3036 * This is used with %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY to indicate the NAN
3037 * capabilities supported by the driver. See &enum nl80211_nan_capabilities
3038 * for details.
3039 *
3040 * @NL80211_ATTR_S1G_PRIMARY_2MHZ: flag attribute indicating that the S1G
3041 * primary channel is 2 MHz wide, and the control channel designates
3042 * the 1 MHz primary subchannel within that 2 MHz primary.
3043 *
3044 * @NL80211_ATTR_EPP_PEER: A flag attribute to indicate if the peer is an EPP
3045 * STA. Used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_STA and %NL80211_CMD_ADD_LINK_STA
3046 *
3047 * @NL80211_ATTR_UHR_CAPABILITY: UHR Capability information element (from
3048 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). Can be set
3049 * only if HE/EHT are also available.
3050 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_UHR: Force UHR capable interfaces to disable
3051 * this feature during association. This is a flag attribute.
3052 * Currently only supported in mac80211 drivers.
3053 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_CHANNEL: This is a nested attribute. There can be multiple
3054 * attributes of this type, each one represents a channel definition and
3055 * consists of top-level attributes like %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ.
3056 * When used with %NL80211_CMD_NAN_SET_LOCAL_SCHED, it specifies
3057 * the channel definitions on which the radio needs to operate during
3058 * specific time slots. All of the channel definitions should be mutually
3059 * incompatible. With this command, %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_CHANNEL_ENTRY and
3060 * %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_RX_NSS are mandatory.
3061 * When used with %NL80211_CMD_NAN_SET_PEER_SCHED, it configures the
3062 * peer NAN channels. In that case, the channel definitions can be
3063 * compatible to each other, or even identical just with different RX NSS.
3064 * With this command, %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_CHANNEL_ENTRY and
3065 * %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_RX_NSS are mandatory.
3066 * The number of channels should fit the current configuration of channels
3067 * and the possible interface combinations.
3068 * If an existing NAN channel is changed but the chandef isn't, the
3069 * channel entry must also remain unchanged.
3070 * When used with %NL80211_CMD_NAN_CHANNEL_EVAC, this identifies the
3071 * channels that were evacuated.
3072 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_CHANNEL_ENTRY: a byte array of 6 bytes. contains the
3073 * Channel Entry as defined in Wi-Fi Aware (TM) 4.0 specification Table
3074 * 100 (Channel Entry format for the NAN Availability attribute).
3075 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_RX_NSS: (u8) RX NSS used for a NAN channel. This is
3076 * used with %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_CHANNEL when configuring NAN channels with
3077 * %NL80211_CMD_NAN_SET_LOCAL_SCHED or %NL80211_CMD_NAN_SET_PEER_SCHED.
3078 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_TIME_SLOTS: an array of u8 values and 32 cells. each value
3079 * maps a time slot to the chandef on which the radio should operate on in
3080 * that time. %NL80211_NAN_SCHED_NOT_AVAIL_SLOT indicates unscheduled.
3081 * The chandef is represented using its index, where the index is the
3082 * sequential number of the %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_CHANNEL attribute within all
3083 * the attributes of this type.
3084 * Each slots spans over 16TUs, hence the entire schedule spans over
3085 * 512TUs. Other slot durations and periods are currently not supported.
3086 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_AVAIL_BLOB: (Binary) The NAN Availability attribute blob,
3087 * including the attribute header, as defined in Wi-Fi Aware (TM) 4.0
3088 * specification Table 93 (NAN Availability attribute format). Required with
3089 * %NL80211_CMD_NAN_SET_LOCAL_SCHED to provide the raw NAN Availability
3090 * attribute. Used by the device to publish Schedule Update NAFs.
3091 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_SCHED_DEFERRED: Flag attribute used with
3092 * %NL80211_CMD_NAN_SET_LOCAL_SCHED. When present, the command is a
3093 * request from the device to perform an announced schedule update. This
3094 * means that it needs to send the updated NAN availability to the peers,
3095 * and do the actual switch on the right time (i.e. at the end of the slot
3096 * after the slot in which the updated NAN Availability was sent). Since
3097 * the slots management is done in the device, the update to the peers
3098 * needs to be sent by the device, so it knows the actual switch time.
3099 * If the flag is not set, the schedule should be applied immediately.
3100 * When this flag is set, the total number of NAN channels from both the
3101 * old and new schedules must not exceed the allowed number of local NAN
3102 * channels, because with deferred scheduling the old channels cannot be
3103 * removed before adding the new ones to free up space.
3104 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_SCHED_UPDATE_SUCCESS: flag attribute used with
3105 * %NL80211_CMD_NAN_SCHED_UPDATE_DONE to indicate that the deferred
3106 * schedule update completed successfully. If this flag is not present,
3107 * the update failed.
3108 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_NMI_MAC: The address of the NMI station to which this NDI
3109 * station belongs. Used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION when adding an NDI
3110 * station.
3111 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_ULW: (Binary) The initial ULW(s) as published by the
3112 * peer, as defined in the Wi-Fi Aware (TM) 4.0 specification Table 109
3113 * (Unaligned Schedule attribute format). Used to configure the device
3114 * with the initial ULW(s) of a peer, before the device starts tracking it.
3115 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_COMMITTED_DW: (u16) The committed DW as published by the
3116 * peer, as defined in the Wi-Fi Aware (TM) 4.0 specification Table 80
3117 * (Committed DW Information field format).
3118 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_SEQ_ID: (u8) The sequence ID of the peer schedule that
3119 * %NL80211_CMD_NAN_SET_PEER_SCHED defines. The device follows the
3120 * sequence ID in the frames to identify newer schedules. Once a schedule
3121 * with a higher sequence ID is received, the device may stop communicating
3122 * with that peer until a new peer schedule with a matching sequence ID is
3123 * received.
3124 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MAX_CHAN_SWITCH_TIME: (u16) The maximum channel switch
3125 * time, in microseconds.
3126 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_PEER_MAPS: Nested array of peer schedule maps.
3127 * Used with %NL80211_CMD_NAN_SET_PEER_SCHED. Contains up to 2 entries,
3128 * each containing nested attributes from &enum nl80211_nan_peer_map_attrs.
3129 *
3130 * @NL80211_ATTR_INCUMBENT_SIGNAL_INTERFERENCE_BITMAP: u32 attribute specifying
3131 * the signal interference bitmap detected on the operating bandwidth for
3132 * %NL80211_CMD_INCUMBENT_SIGNAL_DETECT. Each bit represents a 20 MHz
3133 * segment, lowest bit corresponds to the lowest 20 MHz segment, in the
3134 * operating bandwidth where the interference is detected. Punctured
3135 * sub-channels are included in the bitmap structure; however, since
3136 * interference detection is not performed on these sub-channels, their
3137 * corresponding bits are consistently set to zero.
3138 *
3139 * @NL80211_ATTR_UHR_OPERATION: Full UHR Operation element, as it appears in
3140 * association response etc., since it's abridged in the beacon. Used
3141 * for START_AP etc.
3142 *
3143 * @NUM_NL80211_ATTR: total number of nl80211_attrs available
3144 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number currently defined
3145 * @__NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3146 */
3147enum nl80211_attrs {
3148/* don't change the order or add anything between, this is ABI! */
3149 NL80211_ATTR_UNSPEC,
3150
3151 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY,
3152 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME,
3153
3154 NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX,
3155 NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME,
3156 NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE,
3157
3158 NL80211_ATTR_MAC,
3159
3160 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA,
3161 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX,
3162 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER,
3163 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ,
3164 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT,
3165
3166 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL,
3167 NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD,
3168 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD,
3169 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL,
3170
3171 NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID,
3172 NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS,
3173 NL80211_ATTR_STA_LISTEN_INTERVAL,
3174 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_RATES,
3175 NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN,
3176 NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO,
3177
3178 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_BANDS,
3179
3180 NL80211_ATTR_MNTR_FLAGS,
3181
3182 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_ID,
3183 NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION,
3184 NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP,
3185 NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO,
3186
3187 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_CTS_PROT,
3188 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_PREAMBLE,
3189 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME,
3190
3191 NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY,
3192
3193 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES,
3194
3195 NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2,
3196 NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES,
3197
3198 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG,
3199
3200 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES,
3201
3202 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS,
3203 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ,
3204 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE,
3205
3206 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT,
3207
3208 NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE,
3209 NL80211_ATTR_IE,
3210
3211 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCAN_SSIDS,
3212
3213 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES,
3214 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS,
3215 NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION, /* replaces old SCAN_GENERATION */
3216 NL80211_ATTR_BSS,
3217
3218 NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR,
3219 NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE,
3220
3221 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_COMMANDS,
3222
3223 NL80211_ATTR_FRAME,
3224 NL80211_ATTR_SSID,
3225 NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE,
3226 NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE,
3227
3228 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE,
3229
3230 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN,
3231 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES,
3232
3233 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE,
3234 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER,
3235
3236 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_FIXED,
3237
3238
3239 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT,
3240 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG,
3241 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD,
3242 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD,
3243
3244 NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT,
3245
3246 NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP,
3247
3248 NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2,
3249
3250 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT,
3251
3252 NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA,
3253
3254 NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY,
3255
3256 NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP,
3257 NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE,
3258
3259 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE,
3260 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP,
3261 NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS,
3262 NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES,
3263
3264 NL80211_ATTR_REQ_IE,
3265 NL80211_ATTR_RESP_IE,
3266
3267 NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID,
3268
3269 NL80211_ATTR_KEY,
3270 NL80211_ATTR_KEYS,
3271
3272 NL80211_ATTR_PID,
3273
3274 NL80211_ATTR_4ADDR,
3275
3276 NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO,
3277
3278 NL80211_ATTR_PMKID,
3279 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_PMKIDS,
3280
3281 NL80211_ATTR_DURATION,
3282
3283 NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE,
3284
3285 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS,
3286
3287 NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES,
3288
3289 NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_MATCH,
3290
3291 NL80211_ATTR_ACK,
3292
3293 NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE,
3294
3295 NL80211_ATTR_CQM,
3296
3297 NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE,
3298
3299 NL80211_ATTR_AP_ISOLATE,
3300
3301 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING,
3302 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_LEVEL,
3303
3304 NL80211_ATTR_TX_FRAME_TYPES,
3305 NL80211_ATTR_RX_FRAME_TYPES,
3306 NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE,
3307
3308 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE,
3309 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT,
3310
3311 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN,
3312
3313 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX,
3314 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX,
3315
3316 NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE,
3317
3318 NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK,
3319
3320 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE,
3321
3322 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES,
3323
3324 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION,
3325
3326 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP,
3327
3328 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX,
3329 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX,
3330
3331 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH,
3332 NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE,
3333
3334 NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS,
3335 NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED,
3336
3337 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL,
3338
3339 NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS,
3340 NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES,
3341
3342 NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA,
3343
3344 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_SSIDS,
3345 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCHED_SCAN_IE_LEN,
3346
3347 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SUPP_RATES,
3348
3349 NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID,
3350
3351 NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP,
3352 NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP,
3353
3354 NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME,
3355 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD,
3356
3357 NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT,
3358
3359 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH,
3360 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_MATCH_SETS,
3361
3362 NL80211_ATTR_PMKSA_CANDIDATE,
3363
3364 NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE,
3365
3366 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION,
3367 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_DIALOG_TOKEN,
3368 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION,
3369 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_SUPPORT,
3370 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP,
3371
3372 NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME,
3373
3374 NL80211_ATTR_DONT_WAIT_FOR_ACK,
3375
3376 NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS,
3377
3378 NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD,
3379
3380 NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP,
3381
3382 NL80211_ATTR_DFS_REGION,
3383
3384 NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HT,
3385 NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY_MASK,
3386
3387 NL80211_ATTR_NOACK_MAP,
3388
3389 NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT,
3390
3391 NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM,
3392
3393 NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD,
3394
3395 NL80211_ATTR_WDEV,
3396
3397 NL80211_ATTR_USER_REG_HINT_TYPE,
3398
3399 NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON,
3400
3401 NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA,
3402
3403 NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY,
3404
3405 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS,
3406
3407 NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH,
3408 NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1,
3409 NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2,
3410
3411 NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW,
3412 NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS,
3413
3414 NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE,
3415
3416 NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY,
3417
3418 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS,
3419
3420 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX,
3421
3422 NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT,
3423
3424 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA,
3425 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK,
3426
3427 NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY,
3428 NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY,
3429
3430 NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES,
3431 NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP,
3432
3433 NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_VHT,
3434 NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY_MASK,
3435
3436 NL80211_ATTR_MDID,
3437 NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC,
3438
3439 NL80211_ATTR_CRIT_PROT_ID,
3440 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION,
3441
3442 NL80211_ATTR_PEER_AID,
3443
3444 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE,
3445
3446 NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT,
3447 NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX,
3448 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES,
3449 NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_BEACON,
3450 NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_PRESP,
3451
3452 NL80211_ATTR_RXMGMT_FLAGS,
3453
3454 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_CHANNELS,
3455
3456 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_OPER_CLASSES,
3457
3458 NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS,
3459
3460 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_5_MHZ,
3461 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_10_MHZ,
3462
3463 NL80211_ATTR_OPMODE_NOTIF,
3464
3465 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID,
3466 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD,
3467 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA,
3468 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_EVENTS,
3469
3470 NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP,
3471
3472 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT,
3473 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT,
3474
3475 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_AP_ASSOC_STA,
3476
3477 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_PEER_CAPABILITY,
3478
3479 NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER,
3480
3481 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX,
3482 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS,
3483
3484 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_INITIATOR,
3485
3486 NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM,
3487
3488 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK,
3489
3490 NL80211_ATTR_TSID,
3491 NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO,
3492 NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME,
3493
3494 NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE,
3495
3496 NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS,
3497
3498 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK,
3499
3500 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG,
3501
3502 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES,
3503
3504 NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_RADIO_STATS,
3505
3506 NL80211_ATTR_NETNS_FD,
3507
3508 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY,
3509
3510 NL80211_ATTR_REG_INDOOR,
3511
3512 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS,
3513 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL,
3514 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS,
3515 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS,
3516
3517 NL80211_ATTR_PBSS,
3518
3519 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT,
3520
3521 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORT_P2P_PS,
3522
3523 NL80211_ATTR_PAD,
3524
3525 NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_EXT_CAPA,
3526
3527 NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA,
3528 NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR,
3529
3530 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF,
3531 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF_BSSID,
3532 NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION,
3533 NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY,
3534
3535 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PEER_AID,
3536
3537 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF,
3538 NL80211_ATTR_BANDS,
3539 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC,
3540 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH,
3541
3542 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK,
3543 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES,
3544
3545 NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED,
3546
3547 NL80211_ATTR_BSSID,
3548
3549 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI,
3550 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RSSI_ADJUST,
3551
3552 NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT_REASON,
3553
3554 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME,
3555 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM,
3556 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM,
3557 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK,
3558 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID,
3559
3560 NL80211_ATTR_PMK,
3561
3562 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI,
3563 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MAX_REQS,
3564
3565 NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS,
3566 NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME,
3567 NL80211_ATTR_PORT_AUTHORIZED,
3568
3569 NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION,
3570 NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT,
3571
3572 NL80211_ATTR_NSS,
3573 NL80211_ATTR_ACK_SIGNAL,
3574
3575 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211,
3576
3577 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_STATS,
3578 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_LIMIT,
3579 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT,
3580 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_QUANTUM,
3581
3582 NL80211_ATTR_HE_CAPABILITY,
3583
3584 NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER,
3585
3586 NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS,
3587
3588 NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT,
3589
3590 NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS,
3591
3592 NL80211_ATTR_AIRTIME_WEIGHT,
3593 NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER_SETTING,
3594 NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER,
3595
3596 NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD,
3597
3598 NL80211_ATTR_TWT_RESPONDER,
3599
3600 NL80211_ATTR_HE_OBSS_PD,
3601
3602 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_CHANNELS,
3603 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_BW_CONFIG,
3604
3605 NL80211_ATTR_VLAN_ID,
3606
3607 NL80211_ATTR_HE_BSS_COLOR,
3608
3609 NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_AKM_SUITES,
3610
3611 NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG,
3612
3613 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH,
3614
3615 NL80211_ATTR_PMK_LIFETIME,
3616 NL80211_ATTR_PMK_REAUTH_THRESHOLD,
3617
3618 NL80211_ATTR_RECEIVE_MULTICAST,
3619 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET,
3620 NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1_OFFSET,
3621 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ,
3622
3623 NL80211_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPABILITY,
3624
3625 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_DISCOVERY,
3626
3627 NL80211_ATTR_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP,
3628
3629 NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY,
3630 NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY_MASK,
3631
3632 NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PWE,
3633
3634 NL80211_ATTR_RECONNECT_REQUESTED,
3635
3636 NL80211_ATTR_SAR_SPEC,
3637
3638 NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HE,
3639
3640 NL80211_ATTR_OBSS_COLOR_BITMAP,
3641
3642 NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_COUNT,
3643 NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_COLOR,
3644 NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_ELEMS,
3645
3646 NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_CONFIG,
3647 NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_ELEMS,
3648
3649 NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_BACKGROUND,
3650
3651 NL80211_ATTR_AP_SETTINGS_FLAGS,
3652
3653 NL80211_ATTR_EHT_CAPABILITY,
3654
3655 NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_EHT,
3656
3657 NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINKS,
3658 NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID,
3659 NL80211_ATTR_MLD_ADDR,
3660
3661 NL80211_ATTR_MLO_SUPPORT,
3662
3663 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_AKM_SUITES,
3664
3665 NL80211_ATTR_EML_CAPABILITY,
3666 NL80211_ATTR_MLD_CAPA_AND_OPS,
3667
3668 NL80211_ATTR_TX_HW_TIMESTAMP,
3669 NL80211_ATTR_RX_HW_TIMESTAMP,
3670 NL80211_ATTR_TD_BITMAP,
3671
3672 NL80211_ATTR_PUNCT_BITMAP,
3673
3674 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_HW_TIMESTAMP_PEERS,
3675 NL80211_ATTR_HW_TIMESTAMP_ENABLED,
3676
3677 NL80211_ATTR_EMA_RNR_ELEMS,
3678
3679 NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_DISABLED,
3680
3681 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_DUMP_INCLUDE_USE_DATA,
3682
3683 NL80211_ATTR_MLO_TTLM_DLINK,
3684 NL80211_ATTR_MLO_TTLM_ULINK,
3685
3686 NL80211_ATTR_ASSOC_SPP_AMSDU,
3687
3688 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RADIOS,
3689 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS,
3690
3691 NL80211_ATTR_VIF_RADIO_MASK,
3692
3693 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_SELECTORS,
3694
3695 NL80211_ATTR_MLO_RECONF_REM_LINKS,
3696 NL80211_ATTR_EPCS,
3697
3698 NL80211_ATTR_ASSOC_MLD_EXT_CAPA_OPS,
3699
3700 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RADIO_INDEX,
3701
3702 NL80211_ATTR_S1G_LONG_BEACON_PERIOD,
3703 NL80211_ATTR_S1G_SHORT_BEACON,
3704 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_PARAM,
3705 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_CONFIG,
3706 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_NEW_CLUSTER,
3707 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_CAPABILITIES,
3708
3709 NL80211_ATTR_S1G_PRIMARY_2MHZ,
3710
3711 NL80211_ATTR_EPP_PEER,
3712
3713 NL80211_ATTR_UHR_CAPABILITY,
3714 NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_UHR,
3715
3716 NL80211_ATTR_INCUMBENT_SIGNAL_INTERFERENCE_BITMAP,
3717
3718 NL80211_ATTR_UHR_OPERATION,
3719
3720 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_CHANNEL,
3721 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_CHANNEL_ENTRY,
3722 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_TIME_SLOTS,
3723 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_RX_NSS,
3724 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_AVAIL_BLOB,
3725 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_SCHED_DEFERRED,
3726 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_SCHED_UPDATE_SUCCESS,
3727
3728 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_NMI_MAC,
3729
3730 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_ULW,
3731 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_COMMITTED_DW,
3732 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_SEQ_ID,
3733 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MAX_CHAN_SWITCH_TIME,
3734 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_PEER_MAPS,
3735
3736 /* add attributes here, update the policy in nl80211.c */
3737
3738 __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3739 NUM_NL80211_ATTR = __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3740 NL80211_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3741};
3742
3743/* source-level API compatibility */
3744#define NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_GENERATION NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION
3745#define NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG
3746#define NL80211_ATTR_IFACE_SOCKET_OWNER NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER
3747#define NL80211_ATTR_SAE_DATA NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA
3748#define NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_BEACON NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_BEACON
3749#define NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_PRESP NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_PRESP
3750
3751/*
3752 * Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new attributes by defining them
3753 * here
3754 */
3755#define NL80211_CMD_CONNECT NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
3756#define NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY
3757#define NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES
3758#define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS
3759#define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
3760#define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE
3761#define NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE
3762#define NL80211_ATTR_IE NL80211_ATTR_IE
3763#define NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR
3764#define NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE
3765#define NL80211_ATTR_FRAME NL80211_ATTR_FRAME
3766#define NL80211_ATTR_SSID NL80211_ATTR_SSID
3767#define NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE
3768#define NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE
3769#define NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE
3770#define NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP
3771#define NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS
3772#define NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES
3773#define NL80211_ATTR_KEY NL80211_ATTR_KEY
3774#define NL80211_ATTR_KEYS NL80211_ATTR_KEYS
3775#define NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS
3776
3777#define NL80211_WIPHY_NAME_MAXLEN 64
3778
3779#define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES 32
3780#define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_SELECTORS 128
3781#define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_HT_RATES 77
3782#define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_REG_RULES 128
3783#define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_ENCR_KEY 0
3784#define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_TX_MIC_KEY 16
3785#define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_RX_MIC_KEY 24
3786#define NL80211_HT_CAPABILITY_LEN 26
3787#define NL80211_VHT_CAPABILITY_LEN 12
3788#define NL80211_HE_MIN_CAPABILITY_LEN 16
3789#define NL80211_HE_MAX_CAPABILITY_LEN 54
3790#define NL80211_MAX_NR_CIPHER_SUITES 5
3791
3792/*
3793 * NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES is obsolete when %NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_AKM_SUITES
3794 * present in %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY response.
3795 */
3796#define NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES 2
3797#define NL80211_EHT_MIN_CAPABILITY_LEN 13
3798#define NL80211_EHT_MAX_CAPABILITY_LEN 51
3799
3800#define NL80211_MIN_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_TIME 10
3801
3802/* default RSSI threshold for scan results if none specified. */
3803#define NL80211_SCAN_RSSI_THOLD_OFF -300
3804
3805#define NL80211_CQM_TXE_MAX_INTVL 1800
3806
3807/**
3808 * enum nl80211_iftype - (virtual) interface types
3809 *
3810 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED: unspecified type, driver decides
3811 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC: independent BSS member
3812 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION: managed BSS member
3813 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AP: access point
3814 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN: VLAN interface for access points; VLAN interfaces
3815 * are a bit special in that they must always be tied to a pre-existing
3816 * AP type interface.
3817 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_WDS: wireless distribution interface
3818 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MONITOR: monitor interface receiving all frames
3819 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT: mesh point
3820 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT: P2P client
3821 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO: P2P group owner
3822 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE: P2P device interface type, this is not a netdev
3823 * and therefore can't be created in the normal ways, use the
3824 * %NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE and %NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE
3825 * commands to create and destroy one
3826 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_OCB: Outside Context of a BSS
3827 * This mode corresponds to the MIB variable dot11OCBActivated=true
3828 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN: NAN device interface type (not a netdev)
3829 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN_DATA: NAN data interface type (netdev); NAN data
3830 * interfaces can only be brought up (IFF_UP) when a NAN interface
3831 * already exists and NAN has been started (using %NL80211_CMD_START_NAN).
3832 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX: highest interface type number currently defined
3833 * @NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES: number of defined interface types
3834 *
3835 * These values are used with the %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE
3836 * to set the type of an interface.
3837 *
3838 */
3839enum nl80211_iftype {
3840 NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED,
3841 NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC,
3842 NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION,
3843 NL80211_IFTYPE_AP,
3844 NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN,
3845 NL80211_IFTYPE_WDS,
3846 NL80211_IFTYPE_MONITOR,
3847 NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT,
3848 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT,
3849 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO,
3850 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE,
3851 NL80211_IFTYPE_OCB,
3852 NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN,
3853 NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN_DATA,
3854
3855 /* keep last */
3856 NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES,
3857 NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES - 1
3858};
3859
3860/**
3861 * enum nl80211_sta_flags - station flags
3862 *
3863 * Station flags. When a station is added to an AP interface, it is
3864 * assumed to be already associated (and hence authenticated.)
3865 *
3866 * @__NL80211_STA_FLAG_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3867 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED: station is authorized (802.1X)
3868 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_SHORT_PREAMBLE: station is capable of receiving frames
3869 * with short barker preamble
3870 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME: station is WME/QoS capable
3871 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP: station uses management frame protection
3872 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHENTICATED: station is authenticated
3873 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER: station is a TDLS peer -- this flag should
3874 * only be used in managed mode (even in the flags mask). Note that the
3875 * flag can't be changed, it is only valid while adding a station, and
3876 * attempts to change it will silently be ignored (rather than rejected
3877 * as errors.)
3878 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_ASSOCIATED: station is associated; used with drivers
3879 * that support %NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE to transition a
3880 * previously added station into associated state
3881 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_SPP_AMSDU: station supports SPP A-MSDUs
3882 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX: highest station flag number currently defined
3883 * @__NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3884 */
3885enum nl80211_sta_flags {
3886 __NL80211_STA_FLAG_INVALID,
3887 NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED,
3888 NL80211_STA_FLAG_SHORT_PREAMBLE,
3889 NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME,
3890 NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP,
3891 NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHENTICATED,
3892 NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER,
3893 NL80211_STA_FLAG_ASSOCIATED,
3894 NL80211_STA_FLAG_SPP_AMSDU,
3895
3896 /* keep last */
3897 __NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST,
3898 NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX = __NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST - 1
3899};
3900
3901/**
3902 * enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status - station support of P2P PS
3903 *
3904 * @NL80211_P2P_PS_UNSUPPORTED: station doesn't support P2P PS mechanism
3905 * @NL80211_P2P_PS_SUPPORTED: station supports P2P PS mechanism
3906 * @NUM_NL80211_P2P_PS_STATUS: number of values
3907 */
3908enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status {
3909 NL80211_P2P_PS_UNSUPPORTED = 0,
3910 NL80211_P2P_PS_SUPPORTED,
3911
3912 NUM_NL80211_P2P_PS_STATUS,
3913};
3914
3915#define NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX_OLD_API NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER
3916
3917/**
3918 * struct nl80211_sta_flag_update - station flags mask/set
3919 * @mask: mask of station flags to set
3920 * @set: which values to set them to
3921 *
3922 * Both mask and set contain bits as per &enum nl80211_sta_flags.
3923 */
3924struct nl80211_sta_flag_update {
3925 __u32 mask;
3926 __u32 set;
3927} __attribute__((packed));
3928
3929/**
3930 * enum nl80211_he_gi - HE guard interval
3931 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_0_8: 0.8 usec
3932 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_1_6: 1.6 usec
3933 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_3_2: 3.2 usec
3934 */
3935enum nl80211_he_gi {
3936 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_0_8,
3937 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_1_6,
3938 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_3_2,
3939};
3940
3941/**
3942 * enum nl80211_he_ltf - HE long training field
3943 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_1XLTF: 3.2 usec
3944 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_2XLTF: 6.4 usec
3945 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_4XLTF: 12.8 usec
3946 */
3947enum nl80211_he_ltf {
3948 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_1XLTF,
3949 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_2XLTF,
3950 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_4XLTF,
3951};
3952
3953/**
3954 * enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc - HE RU allocation values
3955 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_26: 26-tone RU allocation
3956 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_52: 52-tone RU allocation
3957 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_106: 106-tone RU allocation
3958 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_242: 242-tone RU allocation
3959 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_484: 484-tone RU allocation
3960 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_996: 996-tone RU allocation
3961 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_2x996: 2x996-tone RU allocation
3962 */
3963enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc {
3964 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_26,
3965 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_52,
3966 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_106,
3967 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_242,
3968 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_484,
3969 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_996,
3970 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_2x996,
3971};
3972
3973/**
3974 * enum nl80211_eht_gi - EHT guard interval
3975 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_0_8: 0.8 usec
3976 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_1_6: 1.6 usec
3977 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_3_2: 3.2 usec
3978 */
3979enum nl80211_eht_gi {
3980 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_0_8,
3981 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_1_6,
3982 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_3_2,
3983};
3984
3985/**
3986 * enum nl80211_eht_ltf - EHT long training field
3987 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_1XLTF: 3.2 usec
3988 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_2XLTF: 6.4 usec
3989 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_4XLTF: 12.8 usec
3990 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_6XLTF: 19.2 usec
3991 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_8XLTF: 25.6 usec
3992 */
3993enum nl80211_eht_ltf {
3994 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_1XLTF,
3995 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_2XLTF,
3996 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_4XLTF,
3997 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_6XLTF,
3998 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_8XLTF,
3999};
4000
4001/**
4002 * enum nl80211_eht_ru_alloc - EHT RU allocation values
4003 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_26: 26-tone RU allocation
4004 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_52: 52-tone RU allocation
4005 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_52P26: 52+26-tone RU allocation
4006 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_106: 106-tone RU allocation
4007 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_106P26: 106+26 tone RU allocation
4008 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_242: 242-tone RU allocation
4009 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_484: 484-tone RU allocation
4010 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_484P242: 484+242 tone RU allocation
4011 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996: 996-tone RU allocation
4012 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996P484: 996+484 tone RU allocation
4013 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996P484P242: 996+484+242 tone RU allocation
4014 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_2x996: 2x996-tone RU allocation
4015 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_2x996P484: 2x996+484 tone RU allocation
4016 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_3x996: 3x996-tone RU allocation
4017 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_3x996P484: 3x996+484 tone RU allocation
4018 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_4x996: 4x996-tone RU allocation
4019 */
4020enum nl80211_eht_ru_alloc {
4021 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_26,
4022 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_52,
4023 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_52P26,
4024 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_106,
4025 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_106P26,
4026 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_242,
4027 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_484,
4028 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_484P242,
4029 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996,
4030 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996P484,
4031 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996P484P242,
4032 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_2x996,
4033 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_2x996P484,
4034 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_3x996,
4035 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_3x996P484,
4036 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_4x996,
4037};
4038
4039/**
4040 * enum nl80211_rate_info - bitrate information
4041 *
4042 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_STA_INFO_TXRATE
4043 * when getting information about the bitrate of a station.
4044 * There are 2 attributes for bitrate, a legacy one that represents
4045 * a 16-bit value, and new one that represents a 32-bit value.
4046 * If the rate value fits into 16 bit, both attributes are reported
4047 * with the same value. If the rate is too high to fit into 16 bits
4048 * (>6.5535Gbps) only 32-bit attribute is included.
4049 * User space tools encouraged to use the 32-bit attribute and fall
4050 * back to the 16-bit one for compatibility with older kernels.
4051 *
4052 * @__NL80211_RATE_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
4053 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE: total bitrate (u16, 100kbit/s)
4054 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_MCS: mcs index for 802.11n (u8)
4055 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH: 40 MHz dualchannel bitrate
4056 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_SHORT_GI: 400ns guard interval
4057 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE32: total bitrate (u32, 100kbit/s)
4058 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_MAX: highest rate_info number currently defined
4059 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_MCS: MCS index for VHT (u8)
4060 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_NSS: number of streams in VHT (u8)
4061 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_80_MHZ_WIDTH: 80 MHz VHT rate
4062 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH: unused - 80+80 is treated the
4063 * same as 160 for purposes of the bitrates
4064 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_160_MHZ_WIDTH: 160 MHz VHT rate
4065 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_10_MHZ_WIDTH: 10 MHz width - note that this is
4066 * a legacy rate and will be reported as the actual bitrate, i.e.
4067 * half the base (20 MHz) rate
4068 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_5_MHZ_WIDTH: 5 MHz width - note that this is
4069 * a legacy rate and will be reported as the actual bitrate, i.e.
4070 * a quarter of the base (20 MHz) rate
4071 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_MCS: HE MCS index (u8, 0-11)
4072 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_NSS: HE NSS value (u8, 1-8)
4073 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI: HE guard interval identifier
4074 * (u8, see &enum nl80211_he_gi)
4075 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_DCM: HE DCM value (u8, 0/1)
4076 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC: HE RU allocation, if not present then
4077 * non-OFDMA was used (u8, see &enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc)
4078 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_320_MHZ_WIDTH: 320 MHz bitrate
4079 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_MCS: EHT MCS index (u8, 0-15)
4080 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_NSS: EHT NSS value (u8, 1-8)
4081 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI: EHT guard interval identifier
4082 * (u8, see &enum nl80211_eht_gi)
4083 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC: EHT RU allocation, if not present then
4084 * non-OFDMA was used (u8, see &enum nl80211_eht_ru_alloc)
4085 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_S1G_MCS: S1G MCS index (u8, 0-10)
4086 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_S1G_NSS: S1G NSS value (u8, 1-4)
4087 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_1_MHZ_WIDTH: 1 MHz S1G rate
4088 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_2_MHZ_WIDTH: 2 MHz S1G rate
4089 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_4_MHZ_WIDTH: 4 MHz S1G rate
4090 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_8_MHZ_WIDTH: 8 MHz S1G rate
4091 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_16_MHZ_WIDTH: 16 MHz S1G rate
4092 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_UHR_MCS: UHR MCS index (u8, 0-15, 17, 19, 20, 23)
4093 * Note that the other EHT attributes (such as @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_NSS)
4094 * are used in conjunction with this where applicable
4095 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_UHR_ELR: UHR ELR flag, which restricts NSS to 1,
4096 * MCS to 0 or 1, and GI to %NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_1_6.
4097 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_UHR_IM: UHR Interference Mitigation flag
4098 * @__NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4099 */
4100enum nl80211_rate_info {
4101 __NL80211_RATE_INFO_INVALID,
4102 NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE,
4103 NL80211_RATE_INFO_MCS,
4104 NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH,
4105 NL80211_RATE_INFO_SHORT_GI,
4106 NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE32,
4107 NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_MCS,
4108 NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_NSS,
4109 NL80211_RATE_INFO_80_MHZ_WIDTH,
4110 NL80211_RATE_INFO_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH,
4111 NL80211_RATE_INFO_160_MHZ_WIDTH,
4112 NL80211_RATE_INFO_10_MHZ_WIDTH,
4113 NL80211_RATE_INFO_5_MHZ_WIDTH,
4114 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_MCS,
4115 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_NSS,
4116 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI,
4117 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_DCM,
4118 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC,
4119 NL80211_RATE_INFO_320_MHZ_WIDTH,
4120 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_MCS,
4121 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_NSS,
4122 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI,
4123 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC,
4124 NL80211_RATE_INFO_S1G_MCS,
4125 NL80211_RATE_INFO_S1G_NSS,
4126 NL80211_RATE_INFO_1_MHZ_WIDTH,
4127 NL80211_RATE_INFO_2_MHZ_WIDTH,
4128 NL80211_RATE_INFO_4_MHZ_WIDTH,
4129 NL80211_RATE_INFO_8_MHZ_WIDTH,
4130 NL80211_RATE_INFO_16_MHZ_WIDTH,
4131 NL80211_RATE_INFO_UHR_MCS,
4132 NL80211_RATE_INFO_UHR_ELR,
4133 NL80211_RATE_INFO_UHR_IM,
4134
4135 /* keep last */
4136 __NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
4137 NL80211_RATE_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
4138};
4139
4140/**
4141 * enum nl80211_sta_bss_param - BSS information collected by STA
4142 *
4143 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM
4144 * when getting information about the bitrate of a station.
4145 *
4146 * @__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
4147 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled (flag)
4148 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled
4149 * (flag)
4150 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time is enabled
4151 * (flag)
4152 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_DTIM_PERIOD: DTIM period for beaconing (u8)
4153 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_BEACON_INTERVAL: Beacon interval (u16)
4154 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_MAX: highest sta_bss_param number currently defined
4155 * @__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4156 */
4157enum nl80211_sta_bss_param {
4158 __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_INVALID,
4159 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT,
4160 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE,
4161 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME,
4162 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_DTIM_PERIOD,
4163 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_BEACON_INTERVAL,
4164
4165 /* keep last */
4166 __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST,
4167 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_MAX = __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST - 1
4168};
4169
4170/**
4171 * enum nl80211_sta_info - station information
4172 *
4173 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO
4174 * when getting information about a station.
4175 *
4176 * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
4177 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME: time since last activity (u32, msecs)
4178 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES: total received bytes (MPDU length)
4179 * (u32, from this station)
4180 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES: total transmitted bytes (MPDU length)
4181 * (u32, to this station)
4182 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64: total received bytes (MPDU length)
4183 * (u64, from this station)
4184 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64: total transmitted bytes (MPDU length)
4185 * (u64, to this station)
4186 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL: signal strength of last received PPDU (u8, dBm)
4187 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE: current unicast tx rate, nested attribute
4188 * containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_rate_info
4189 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS: total received packet (MSDUs and MMPDUs)
4190 * (u32, from this station)
4191 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS: total transmitted packets (MSDUs and MMPDUs)
4192 * (u32, to this station)
4193 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES: total retries (MPDUs) (u32, to this station)
4194 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED: total failed packets (MPDUs)
4195 * (u32, to this station)
4196 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average (u8, dBm)
4197 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_LLID: the station's mesh LLID
4198 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID: the station's mesh PLID
4199 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE: peer link state for the station
4200 * (see %enum nl80211_plink_state)
4201 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BITRATE: last unicast data frame rx rate, nested
4202 * attribute, like NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE.
4203 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM: current station's view of BSS, nested attribute
4204 * containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_bss_param
4205 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME: time since the station is last connected
4206 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_STA_FLAGS: Contains a struct nl80211_sta_flag_update.
4207 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_LOSS: count of times beacon loss was detected (u32)
4208 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_T_OFFSET: timing offset with respect to this STA (s64)
4209 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM: local mesh STA link-specific power mode
4210 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM: peer mesh STA link-specific power mode
4211 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM: neighbor mesh STA power save mode towards
4212 * non-peer STA
4213 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL: per-chain signal strength of last PPDU
4214 * Contains a nested array of signal strength attributes (u8, dBm)
4215 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL_AVG: per-chain signal strength average
4216 * Same format as NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL.
4217 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_EXPECTED_THROUGHPUT: expected throughput considering also
4218 * the 802.11 header (u32, kbps)
4219 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC: RX packets dropped for unspecified reasons
4220 * (u64)
4221 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_RX: number of beacons received from this peer (u64)
4222 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average
4223 * for beacons only (u8, dBm)
4224 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TID_STATS: per-TID statistics (see &enum nl80211_tid_stats)
4225 * This is a nested attribute where each the inner attribute number is the
4226 * TID+1 and the special TID 16 (i.e. value 17) is used for non-QoS frames;
4227 * each one of those is again nested with &enum nl80211_tid_stats
4228 * attributes carrying the actual values.
4229 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DURATION: aggregate PPDU duration for all frames
4230 * received from the station (u64, usec)
4231 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
4232 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL: signal strength of the last ACK frame(u8, dBm)
4233 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG: avg signal strength of ACK frames (s8, dBm)
4234 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_MPDUS: total number of received packets (MPDUs)
4235 * (u32, from this station)
4236 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_FCS_ERROR_COUNT: total number of packets (MPDUs) received
4237 * with an FCS error (u32, from this station). This count may not include
4238 * some packets with an FCS error due to TA corruption. Hence this counter
4239 * might not be fully accurate.
4240 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_GATE: set to true if STA has a path to a
4241 * mesh gate (u8, 0 or 1)
4242 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_DURATION: aggregate PPDU duration for all frames
4243 * sent to the station (u64, usec)
4244 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_WEIGHT: current airtime weight for station (u16)
4245 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_LINK_METRIC: airtime link metric for mesh station
4246 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ASSOC_AT_BOOTTIME: Timestamp (CLOCK_BOOTTIME, nanoseconds)
4247 * of STA's association
4248 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_AS: set to true if STA has a path to a
4249 * authentication server (u8, 0 or 1)
4250 * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal
4251 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX: highest possible station info attribute
4252 */
4253enum nl80211_sta_info {
4254 __NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID,
4255 NL80211_STA_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME,
4256 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES,
4257 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES,
4258 NL80211_STA_INFO_LLID,
4259 NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID,
4260 NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE,
4261 NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL,
4262 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE,
4263 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS,
4264 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS,
4265 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES,
4266 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED,
4267 NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG,
4268 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BITRATE,
4269 NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM,
4270 NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME,
4271 NL80211_STA_INFO_STA_FLAGS,
4272 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_LOSS,
4273 NL80211_STA_INFO_T_OFFSET,
4274 NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM,
4275 NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM,
4276 NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM,
4277 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64,
4278 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64,
4279 NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL,
4280 NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL_AVG,
4281 NL80211_STA_INFO_EXPECTED_THROUGHPUT,
4282 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC,
4283 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_RX,
4284 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG,
4285 NL80211_STA_INFO_TID_STATS,
4286 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DURATION,
4287 NL80211_STA_INFO_PAD,
4288 NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL,
4289 NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG,
4290 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_MPDUS,
4291 NL80211_STA_INFO_FCS_ERROR_COUNT,
4292 NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_GATE,
4293 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_DURATION,
4294 NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_WEIGHT,
4295 NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_LINK_METRIC,
4296 NL80211_STA_INFO_ASSOC_AT_BOOTTIME,
4297 NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_AS,
4298
4299 /* keep last */
4300 __NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
4301 NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
4302};
4303
4304/* we renamed this - stay compatible */
4305#define NL80211_STA_INFO_DATA_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG
4306
4307
4308/**
4309 * enum nl80211_tid_stats - per TID statistics attributes
4310 * @__NL80211_TID_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
4311 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_RX_MSDU: number of MSDUs received (u64)
4312 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU: number of MSDUs transmitted (or
4313 * attempted to transmit; u64)
4314 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_RETRIES: number of retries for
4315 * transmitted MSDUs (not counting the first attempt; u64)
4316 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_FAILED: number of failed transmitted
4317 * MSDUs (u64)
4318 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
4319 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TXQ_STATS: TXQ stats (nested attribute)
4320 * @NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS: number of attributes here
4321 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_MAX: highest numbered attribute here
4322 */
4323enum nl80211_tid_stats {
4324 __NL80211_TID_STATS_INVALID,
4325 NL80211_TID_STATS_RX_MSDU,
4326 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU,
4327 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_RETRIES,
4328 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_FAILED,
4329 NL80211_TID_STATS_PAD,
4330 NL80211_TID_STATS_TXQ_STATS,
4331
4332 /* keep last */
4333 NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS,
4334 NL80211_TID_STATS_MAX = NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS - 1
4335};
4336
4337/**
4338 * enum nl80211_txq_stats - per TXQ statistics attributes
4339 * @__NL80211_TXQ_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
4340 * @NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS: number of attributes here
4341 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_BYTES: number of bytes currently backlogged
4342 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_PACKETS: number of packets currently
4343 * backlogged
4344 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_FLOWS: total number of new flows seen
4345 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_DROPS: total number of packet drops
4346 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_ECN_MARKS: total number of packet ECN marks
4347 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERLIMIT: number of drops due to queue space overflow
4348 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERMEMORY: number of drops due to memory limit overflow
4349 * (only for per-phy stats)
4350 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_COLLISIONS: number of hash collisions
4351 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_BYTES: total number of bytes dequeued from TXQ
4352 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_PACKETS: total number of packets dequeued from TXQ
4353 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX_FLOWS: number of flow buckets for PHY
4354 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX: highest numbered attribute here
4355 */
4356enum nl80211_txq_stats {
4357 __NL80211_TXQ_STATS_INVALID,
4358 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_BYTES,
4359 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_PACKETS,
4360 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_FLOWS,
4361 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_DROPS,
4362 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_ECN_MARKS,
4363 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERLIMIT,
4364 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERMEMORY,
4365 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_COLLISIONS,
4366 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_BYTES,
4367 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_PACKETS,
4368 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX_FLOWS,
4369
4370 /* keep last */
4371 NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS,
4372 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX = NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS - 1
4373};
4374
4375/**
4376 * enum nl80211_mpath_flags - nl80211 mesh path flags
4377 *
4378 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_ACTIVE: the mesh path is active
4379 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVING: the mesh path discovery process is running
4380 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_SN_VALID: the mesh path contains a valid SN
4381 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_FIXED: the mesh path has been manually set
4382 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVED: the mesh path discovery process succeeded
4383 */
4384enum nl80211_mpath_flags {
4385 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_ACTIVE = 1<<0,
4386 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVING = 1<<1,
4387 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_SN_VALID = 1<<2,
4388 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_FIXED = 1<<3,
4389 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVED = 1<<4,
4390};
4391
4392/**
4393 * enum nl80211_mpath_info - mesh path information
4394 *
4395 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO when getting
4396 * information about a mesh path.
4397 *
4398 * @__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
4399 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN: number of queued frames for this destination
4400 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_SN: destination sequence number
4401 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_METRIC: metric (cost) of this mesh path
4402 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME: expiration time for the path, in msec from now
4403 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FLAGS: mesh path flags, enumerated in
4404 * &enum nl80211_mpath_flags;
4405 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: total path discovery timeout, in msec
4406 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES: mesh path discovery retries
4407 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT: hop count to destination
4408 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE: total number of path changes to destination
4409 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_MAX: highest mesh path information attribute number
4410 * currently defined
4411 * @__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4412 */
4413enum nl80211_mpath_info {
4414 __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_INVALID,
4415 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN,
4416 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_SN,
4417 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_METRIC,
4418 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME,
4419 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FLAGS,
4420 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT,
4421 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES,
4422 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT,
4423 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE,
4424
4425 /* keep last */
4426 __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
4427 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
4428};
4429
4430/**
4431 * enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr - Interface type data attributes
4432 *
4433 * @__NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
4434 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing a flag attribute
4435 * for each interface type that supports the band data
4436 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MAC: HE MAC capabilities as in HE
4437 * capabilities IE
4438 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PHY: HE PHY capabilities as in HE
4439 * capabilities IE
4440 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MCS_SET: HE supported NSS/MCS as in HE
4441 * capabilities IE
4442 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PPE: HE PPE thresholds information as
4443 * defined in HE capabilities IE
4444 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPA: HE 6GHz band capabilities (__le16),
4445 * given for all 6 GHz band channels
4446 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_VENDOR_ELEMS: vendor element capabilities that are
4447 * advertised on this band/for this iftype (binary)
4448 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_MAC: EHT MAC capabilities as in EHT
4449 * capabilities element
4450 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_PHY: EHT PHY capabilities as in EHT
4451 * capabilities element
4452 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_MCS_SET: EHT supported NSS/MCS as in EHT
4453 * capabilities element
4454 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_PPE: EHT PPE thresholds information as
4455 * defined in EHT capabilities element
4456 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_UHR_CAP_MAC: UHR MAC capabilities as in UHR
4457 * capabilities element
4458 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_UHR_CAP_PHY: UHR PHY capabilities as in UHR
4459 * capabilities element
4460 * @__NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4461 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_MAX: highest band attribute currently defined
4462 */
4463enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr {
4464 __NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_INVALID,
4465
4466 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_IFTYPES,
4467 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MAC,
4468 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PHY,
4469 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MCS_SET,
4470 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PPE,
4471 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPA,
4472 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_VENDOR_ELEMS,
4473 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_MAC,
4474 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_PHY,
4475 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_MCS_SET,
4476 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_PPE,
4477 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_UHR_CAP_MAC,
4478 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_UHR_CAP_PHY,
4479
4480 /* keep last */
4481 __NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
4482 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
4483};
4484
4485/**
4486 * enum nl80211_band_attr - band attributes
4487 * @__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
4488 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_FREQS: supported frequencies in this band,
4489 * an array of nested frequency attributes
4490 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_RATES: supported bitrates in this band,
4491 * an array of nested bitrate attributes
4492 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET: 16-byte attribute containing the MCS set as
4493 * defined in 802.11n
4494 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA: HT capabilities, as in the HT information IE
4495 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR: A-MPDU factor, as in 11n
4496 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY: A-MPDU density, as in 11n
4497 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET: 32-byte attribute containing the MCS set as
4498 * defined in 802.11ac
4499 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_CAPA: VHT capabilities, as in the HT information IE
4500 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_IFTYPE_DATA: nested array attribute, with each entry using
4501 * attributes from &enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr
4502 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_CHANNELS: bitmap that indicates the 2.16 GHz
4503 * channel(s) that are allowed to be used for EDMG transmissions.
4504 * Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251.
4505 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_BW_CONFIG: Channel BW Configuration subfield encodes
4506 * the allowed channel bandwidth configurations.
4507 * Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251, Table 13.
4508 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_S1G_MCS_NSS_SET: S1G capabilities, supported S1G-MCS and NSS
4509 * set subfield, as in the S1G information IE, 5 bytes
4510 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_S1G_CAPA: S1G capabilities information subfield as in the
4511 * S1G information IE, 10 bytes
4512 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_MAX: highest band attribute currently defined
4513 * @__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4514 */
4515enum nl80211_band_attr {
4516 __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_INVALID,
4517 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_FREQS,
4518 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_RATES,
4519
4520 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET,
4521 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA,
4522 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR,
4523 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY,
4524
4525 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET,
4526 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_CAPA,
4527 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_IFTYPE_DATA,
4528
4529 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_CHANNELS,
4530 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_BW_CONFIG,
4531
4532 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_S1G_MCS_NSS_SET,
4533 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_S1G_CAPA,
4534
4535 /* keep last */
4536 __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
4537 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
4538};
4539
4540#define NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA
4541
4542/**
4543 * enum nl80211_nan_phy_cap_attr - NAN PHY capabilities attributes
4544 * @__NL80211_NAN_PHY_CAP_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
4545 * @NL80211_NAN_PHY_CAP_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET: 16-byte attribute containing HT MCS set
4546 * @NL80211_NAN_PHY_CAP_ATTR_HT_CAPA: HT capabilities (u16)
4547 * @NL80211_NAN_PHY_CAP_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR: HT A-MPDU factor (u8)
4548 * @NL80211_NAN_PHY_CAP_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY: HT A-MPDU density (u8)
4549 * @NL80211_NAN_PHY_CAP_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET: 8-byte attribute containing VHT MCS set
4550 * @NL80211_NAN_PHY_CAP_ATTR_VHT_CAPA: VHT capabilities (u32)
4551 * @NL80211_NAN_PHY_CAP_ATTR_HE_MAC: HE MAC capabilities
4552 * @NL80211_NAN_PHY_CAP_ATTR_HE_PHY: HE PHY capabilities
4553 * @NL80211_NAN_PHY_CAP_ATTR_HE_MCS_SET: HE supported NSS/MCS combinations
4554 * @NL80211_NAN_PHY_CAP_ATTR_HE_PPE: HE PPE thresholds
4555 * @NL80211_NAN_PHY_CAP_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN PHY cap attribute number
4556 * @__NL80211_NAN_PHY_CAP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4557 */
4558enum nl80211_nan_phy_cap_attr {
4559 __NL80211_NAN_PHY_CAP_ATTR_INVALID,
4560
4561 /* HT capabilities */
4562 NL80211_NAN_PHY_CAP_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET,
4563 NL80211_NAN_PHY_CAP_ATTR_HT_CAPA,
4564 NL80211_NAN_PHY_CAP_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR,
4565 NL80211_NAN_PHY_CAP_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY,
4566
4567 /* VHT capabilities */
4568 NL80211_NAN_PHY_CAP_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET,
4569 NL80211_NAN_PHY_CAP_ATTR_VHT_CAPA,
4570
4571 /* HE capabilities */
4572 NL80211_NAN_PHY_CAP_ATTR_HE_MAC,
4573 NL80211_NAN_PHY_CAP_ATTR_HE_PHY,
4574 NL80211_NAN_PHY_CAP_ATTR_HE_MCS_SET,
4575 NL80211_NAN_PHY_CAP_ATTR_HE_PPE,
4576
4577 /* keep last */
4578 __NL80211_NAN_PHY_CAP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
4579 NL80211_NAN_PHY_CAP_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_NAN_PHY_CAP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
4580};
4581
4582/**
4583 * enum nl80211_wmm_rule - regulatory wmm rule
4584 *
4585 * @__NL80211_WMMR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
4586 * @NL80211_WMMR_CW_MIN: Minimum contention window slot.
4587 * @NL80211_WMMR_CW_MAX: Maximum contention window slot.
4588 * @NL80211_WMMR_AIFSN: Arbitration Inter Frame Space.
4589 * @NL80211_WMMR_TXOP: Maximum allowed tx operation time.
4590 * @NL80211_WMMR_MAX: highest possible wmm rule.
4591 * @__NL80211_WMMR_LAST: Internal use.
4592 */
4593enum nl80211_wmm_rule {
4594 __NL80211_WMMR_INVALID,
4595 NL80211_WMMR_CW_MIN,
4596 NL80211_WMMR_CW_MAX,
4597 NL80211_WMMR_AIFSN,
4598 NL80211_WMMR_TXOP,
4599
4600 /* keep last */
4601 __NL80211_WMMR_LAST,
4602 NL80211_WMMR_MAX = __NL80211_WMMR_LAST - 1
4603};
4604
4605/**
4606 * enum nl80211_frequency_attr - frequency attributes
4607 * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
4608 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_FREQ: Frequency in MHz
4609 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DISABLED: Channel is disabled in current
4610 * regulatory domain.
4611 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR: no mechanisms that initiate radiation
4612 * are permitted on this channel, this includes sending probe
4613 * requests, or modes of operation that require beaconing.
4614 * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS: obsolete, same as _NO_IR
4615 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_RADAR: Radar detection is mandatory
4616 * on this channel in current regulatory domain.
4617 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER: Maximum transmission power in mBm
4618 * (100 * dBm).
4619 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE: current state for DFS
4620 * (enum nl80211_dfs_state)
4621 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME: time in milliseconds for how long
4622 * this channel is in this DFS state.
4623 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_MINUS: HT40- isn't possible with this
4624 * channel as the control channel
4625 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_PLUS: HT40+ isn't possible with this
4626 * channel as the control channel
4627 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_80MHZ: any 80 MHz channel using this channel
4628 * as the primary or any of the secondary channels isn't possible,
4629 * this includes 80+80 channels
4630 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ: any 160 MHz (but not 80+80) channel
4631 * using this channel as the primary or any of the secondary channels
4632 * isn't possible
4633 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME: DFS CAC time in milliseconds.
4634 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY: Only indoor use is permitted on this
4635 * channel. A channel that has the INDOOR_ONLY attribute can only be
4636 * used when there is a clear assessment that the device is operating in
4637 * an indoor surroundings, i.e., it is connected to AC power (and not
4638 * through portable DC inverters) or is under the control of a master
4639 * that is acting as an AP and is connected to AC power.
4640 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT: IR operation is allowed on this
4641 * channel if it's connected concurrently to a BSS on the same channel on
4642 * the 2 GHz band or to a channel in the same UNII band (on the 5 GHz
4643 * band), and IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR is not set. Instantiating a GO or TDLS
4644 * off-channel on a channel that has the IR_CONCURRENT attribute set can be
4645 * done when there is a clear assessment that the device is operating under
4646 * the guidance of an authorized master, i.e., setting up a GO or TDLS
4647 * off-channel while the device is also connected to an AP with DFS and
4648 * radar detection on the UNII band (it is up to user-space, i.e.,
4649 * wpa_supplicant to perform the required verifications). Using this
4650 * attribute for IR is disallowed for master interfaces (IBSS, AP).
4651 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_20MHZ: 20 MHz operation is not allowed
4652 * on this channel in current regulatory domain.
4653 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_10MHZ: 10 MHz operation is not allowed
4654 * on this channel in current regulatory domain.
4655 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_WMM: this channel has wmm limitations.
4656 * This is a nested attribute that contains the wmm limitation per AC.
4657 * (see &enum nl80211_wmm_rule)
4658 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HE: HE operation is not allowed on this channel
4659 * in current regulatory domain.
4660 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_OFFSET: frequency offset in KHz
4661 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_1MHZ: 1 MHz operation is allowed
4662 * on this channel in current regulatory domain.
4663 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_2MHZ: 2 MHz operation is allowed
4664 * on this channel in current regulatory domain.
4665 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_4MHZ: 4 MHz operation is allowed
4666 * on this channel in current regulatory domain.
4667 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_8MHZ: 8 MHz operation is allowed
4668 * on this channel in current regulatory domain.
4669 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_16MHZ: 16 MHz operation is allowed
4670 * on this channel in current regulatory domain.
4671 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_320MHZ: any 320 MHz channel using this channel
4672 * as the primary or any of the secondary channels isn't possible
4673 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_EHT: EHT operation is not allowed on this channel
4674 * in current regulatory domain.
4675 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_PSD: Power spectral density (in dBm) that
4676 * is allowed on this channel in current regulatory domain.
4677 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CONCURRENT: Operation on this channel is
4678 * allowed for peer-to-peer or adhoc communication under the control
4679 * of a DFS master which operates on the same channel (FCC-594280 D01
4680 * Section B.3). Should be used together with %NL80211_RRF_DFS only.
4681 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_6GHZ_VLP_CLIENT: Client connection to VLP AP
4682 * not allowed using this channel
4683 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_6GHZ_AFC_CLIENT: Client connection to AFC AP
4684 * not allowed using this channel
4685 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_CAN_MONITOR: This channel can be used in monitor
4686 * mode despite other (regulatory) restrictions, even if the channel is
4687 * otherwise completely disabled.
4688 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_ALLOW_6GHZ_VLP_AP: This channel can be used for a
4689 * very low power (VLP) AP, despite being NO_IR.
4690 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_ALLOW_20MHZ_ACTIVITY: This channel can be active in
4691 * 20 MHz bandwidth, despite being NO_IR.
4692 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_4MHZ: 4 MHz operation is not allowed on this
4693 * channel in current regulatory domain.
4694 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_8MHZ: 8 MHz operation is not allowed on this
4695 * channel in current regulatory domain.
4696 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_16MHZ: 16 MHz operation is not allowed on this
4697 * channel in current regulatory domain.
4698 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_S1G_NO_PRIMARY: Channel is not permitted for use
4699 * as a primary channel. Does not prevent the channel from existing
4700 * as a non-primary subchannel. Only applicable to S1G channels.
4701 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_UHR: UHR operation is not allowed on this channel
4702 * in current regulatory domain.
4703 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_CAC_START_TIME: Channel Availability Check (CAC)
4704 * start time (CLOCK_BOOTTIME, nanoseconds). Only present when CAC is
4705 * currently in progress on this channel.
4706 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
4707 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX: highest frequency attribute number
4708 * currently defined
4709 * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4710 *
4711 * See https://apps.fcc.gov/eas/comments/GetPublishedDocument.html?id=327&tn=528122
4712 * for more information on the FCC description of the relaxations allowed
4713 * by NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY and
4714 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT.
4715 */
4716enum nl80211_frequency_attr {
4717 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INVALID,
4718 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_FREQ,
4719 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DISABLED,
4720 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR,
4721 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS,
4722 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_RADAR,
4723 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER,
4724 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE,
4725 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME,
4726 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_MINUS,
4727 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_PLUS,
4728 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_80MHZ,
4729 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ,
4730 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME,
4731 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY,
4732 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT,
4733 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_20MHZ,
4734 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_10MHZ,
4735 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_WMM,
4736 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HE,
4737 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_OFFSET,
4738 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_1MHZ,
4739 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_2MHZ,
4740 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_4MHZ,
4741 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_8MHZ,
4742 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_16MHZ,
4743 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_320MHZ,
4744 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_EHT,
4745 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_PSD,
4746 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CONCURRENT,
4747 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_6GHZ_VLP_CLIENT,
4748 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_6GHZ_AFC_CLIENT,
4749 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_CAN_MONITOR,
4750 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_ALLOW_6GHZ_VLP_AP,
4751 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_ALLOW_20MHZ_ACTIVITY,
4752 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_4MHZ,
4753 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_8MHZ,
4754 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_16MHZ,
4755 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_S1G_NO_PRIMARY,
4756 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_UHR,
4757 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_CAC_START_TIME,
4758 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_PAD,
4759
4760 /* keep last */
4761 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
4762 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
4763};
4764
4765#define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER
4766#define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_PASSIVE_SCAN NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR
4767#define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR
4768#define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR
4769#define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_GO_CONCURRENT \
4770 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT
4771#define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_UHB_VLP_CLIENT \
4772 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_6GHZ_VLP_CLIENT
4773#define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_UHB_AFC_CLIENT \
4774 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_6GHZ_AFC_CLIENT
4775
4776/**
4777 * enum nl80211_bitrate_attr - bitrate attributes
4778 * @__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
4779 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_RATE: Bitrate in units of 100 kbps
4780 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_2GHZ_SHORTPREAMBLE: Short preamble supported
4781 * in 2.4 GHz band.
4782 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_MAX: highest bitrate attribute number
4783 * currently defined
4784 * @__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4785 */
4786enum nl80211_bitrate_attr {
4787 __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_INVALID,
4788 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_RATE,
4789 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_2GHZ_SHORTPREAMBLE,
4790
4791 /* keep last */
4792 __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
4793 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
4794};
4795
4796/**
4797 * enum nl80211_reg_initiator - Indicates the initiator of a reg domain request
4798 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE: Core queried CRDA for a dynamic world
4799 * regulatory domain.
4800 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_USER: User asked the wireless core to set the
4801 * regulatory domain.
4802 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER: a wireless drivers has hinted to the
4803 * wireless core it thinks its knows the regulatory domain we should be in.
4804 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE: the wireless core has received an
4805 * 802.11 country information element with regulatory information it
4806 * thinks we should consider. cfg80211 only processes the country
4807 * code from the IE, and relies on the regulatory domain information
4808 * structure passed by userspace (CRDA) from our wireless-regdb.
4809 * If a channel is enabled but the country code indicates it should
4810 * be disabled we disable the channel and re-enable it upon disassociation.
4811 */
4812enum nl80211_reg_initiator {
4813 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE,
4814 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_USER,
4815 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER,
4816 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE,
4817};
4818
4819/**
4820 * enum nl80211_reg_type - specifies the type of regulatory domain
4821 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_COUNTRY: the regulatory domain set is one that pertains
4822 * to a specific country. When this is set you can count on the
4823 * ISO / IEC 3166 alpha2 country code being valid.
4824 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_WORLD: the regulatory set domain is the world regulatory
4825 * domain.
4826 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_CUSTOM_WORLD: the regulatory domain set is a custom
4827 * driver specific world regulatory domain. These do not apply system-wide
4828 * and are only applicable to the individual devices which have requested
4829 * them to be applied.
4830 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_INTERSECTION: the regulatory domain set is the product
4831 * of an intersection between two regulatory domains -- the previously
4832 * set regulatory domain on the system and the last accepted regulatory
4833 * domain request to be processed.
4834 */
4835enum nl80211_reg_type {
4836 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_COUNTRY,
4837 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_WORLD,
4838 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_CUSTOM_WORLD,
4839 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_INTERSECTION,
4840};
4841
4842/**
4843 * enum nl80211_reg_rule_attr - regulatory rule attributes
4844 * @__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
4845 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS: a set of flags which specify additional
4846 * considerations for a given frequency range. These are the
4847 * &enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags.
4848 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_START: starting frequencry for the regulatory
4849 * rule in KHz. This is not a center of frequency but an actual regulatory
4850 * band edge.
4851 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_END: ending frequency for the regulatory rule
4852 * in KHz. This is not a center a frequency but an actual regulatory
4853 * band edge.
4854 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW: maximum allowed bandwidth for this
4855 * frequency range, in KHz.
4856 * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_ANT_GAIN: the maximum allowed antenna gain
4857 * for a given frequency range. The value is in mBi (100 * dBi).
4858 * If you don't have one then don't send this.
4859 * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_EIRP: the maximum allowed EIRP for
4860 * a given frequency range. The value is in mBm (100 * dBm).
4861 * @NL80211_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME: DFS CAC time in milliseconds.
4862 * If not present or 0 default CAC time will be used.
4863 * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_PSD: power spectral density (in dBm).
4864 * This could be negative.
4865 * @NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_MAX: highest regulatory rule attribute number
4866 * currently defined
4867 * @__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4868 */
4869enum nl80211_reg_rule_attr {
4870 __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_INVALID,
4871 NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS,
4872
4873 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_START,
4874 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_END,
4875 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW,
4876
4877 NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_ANT_GAIN,
4878 NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_EIRP,
4879
4880 NL80211_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME,
4881
4882 NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_PSD,
4883
4884 /* keep last */
4885 __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
4886 NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
4887};
4888
4889/**
4890 * enum nl80211_sched_scan_match_attr - scheduled scan match attributes
4891 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
4892 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID: SSID to be used for matching,
4893 * only report BSS with matching SSID.
4894 * (This cannot be used together with BSSID.)
4895 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI: RSSI threshold (in dBm) for reporting a
4896 * BSS in scan results. Filtering is turned off if not specified. Note that
4897 * if this attribute is in a match set of its own, then it is treated as
4898 * the default value for all matchsets with an SSID, rather than being a
4899 * matchset of its own without an RSSI filter. This is due to problems with
4900 * how this API was implemented in the past. Also, due to the same problem,
4901 * the only way to create a matchset with only an RSSI filter (with this
4902 * attribute) is if there's only a single matchset with the RSSI attribute.
4903 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RELATIVE_RSSI: Flag indicating whether
4904 * %NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI to be used as absolute RSSI or
4905 * relative to current bss's RSSI.
4906 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for
4907 * BSS-es in the specified band is to be adjusted before doing
4908 * RSSI-based BSS selection. The attribute value is a packed structure
4909 * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust.
4910 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_BSSID: BSSID to be used for matching
4911 * (this cannot be used together with SSID).
4912 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_PER_BAND_RSSI: Obsolete
4913 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX: highest scheduled scan filter
4914 * attribute number currently defined
4915 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4916 */
4917enum nl80211_sched_scan_match_attr {
4918 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_INVALID,
4919
4920 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID,
4921 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI,
4922 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RELATIVE_RSSI,
4923 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST,
4924 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_BSSID,
4925 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_PER_BAND_RSSI, /* obsolete */
4926
4927 /* keep last */
4928 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
4929 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX =
4930 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
4931};
4932
4933/* only for backward compatibility */
4934#define NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_SSID NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID
4935
4936/**
4937 * enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags - regulatory rule flags
4938 *
4939 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_OFDM: OFDM modulation not allowed
4940 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_CCK: CCK modulation not allowed
4941 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_INDOOR: indoor operation not allowed
4942 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_OUTDOOR: outdoor operation not allowed
4943 * @NL80211_RRF_DFS: DFS support is required to be used
4944 * @NL80211_RRF_PTP_ONLY: this is only for Point To Point links
4945 * @NL80211_RRF_PTMP_ONLY: this is only for Point To Multi Point links
4946 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_IR: no mechanisms that initiate radiation are allowed,
4947 * this includes probe requests or modes of operation that require
4948 * beaconing.
4949 * @__NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS: obsolete, same as NO_IR
4950 * @NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW: maximum available bandwidth should be calculated
4951 * base on contiguous rules and wider channels will be allowed to cross
4952 * multiple contiguous/overlapping frequency ranges.
4953 * @NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT: See %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT
4954 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS: channels can't be used in HT40- operation
4955 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS: channels can't be used in HT40+ operation
4956 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_80MHZ: 80MHz operation not allowed
4957 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_160MHZ: 160MHz operation not allowed
4958 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HE: HE operation not allowed
4959 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_320MHZ: 320MHz operation not allowed
4960 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_EHT: EHT operation not allowed
4961 * @NL80211_RRF_PSD: Ruleset has power spectral density value
4962 * @NL80211_RRF_DFS_CONCURRENT: Operation on this channel is allowed for
4963 * peer-to-peer or adhoc communication under the control of a DFS master
4964 * which operates on the same channel (FCC-594280 D01 Section B.3).
4965 * Should be used together with %NL80211_RRF_DFS only.
4966 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_6GHZ_VLP_CLIENT: Client connection to VLP AP not allowed
4967 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_6GHZ_AFC_CLIENT: Client connection to AFC AP not allowed
4968 * @NL80211_RRF_ALLOW_6GHZ_VLP_AP: Very low power (VLP) AP can be permitted
4969 * despite NO_IR configuration.
4970 * @NL80211_RRF_ALLOW_20MHZ_ACTIVITY: Allow activity in 20 MHz bandwidth,
4971 * despite NO_IR configuration.
4972 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_UHR: UHR operation not allowed
4973 */
4974enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags {
4975 NL80211_RRF_NO_OFDM = 1 << 0,
4976 NL80211_RRF_NO_CCK = 1 << 1,
4977 NL80211_RRF_NO_INDOOR = 1 << 2,
4978 NL80211_RRF_NO_OUTDOOR = 1 << 3,
4979 NL80211_RRF_DFS = 1 << 4,
4980 NL80211_RRF_PTP_ONLY = 1 << 5,
4981 NL80211_RRF_PTMP_ONLY = 1 << 6,
4982 NL80211_RRF_NO_IR = 1 << 7,
4983 __NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS = 1 << 8,
4984 NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW = 1 << 11,
4985 NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT = 1 << 12,
4986 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS = 1 << 13,
4987 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS = 1 << 14,
4988 NL80211_RRF_NO_80MHZ = 1 << 15,
4989 NL80211_RRF_NO_160MHZ = 1 << 16,
4990 NL80211_RRF_NO_HE = 1 << 17,
4991 NL80211_RRF_NO_320MHZ = 1 << 18,
4992 NL80211_RRF_NO_EHT = 1 << 19,
4993 NL80211_RRF_PSD = 1 << 20,
4994 NL80211_RRF_DFS_CONCURRENT = 1 << 21,
4995 NL80211_RRF_NO_6GHZ_VLP_CLIENT = 1 << 22,
4996 NL80211_RRF_NO_6GHZ_AFC_CLIENT = 1 << 23,
4997 NL80211_RRF_ALLOW_6GHZ_VLP_AP = 1 << 24,
4998 NL80211_RRF_ALLOW_20MHZ_ACTIVITY = 1 << 25,
4999 NL80211_RRF_NO_UHR = 1 << 26,
5000};
5001
5002#define NL80211_RRF_PASSIVE_SCAN NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
5003#define NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
5004#define NL80211_RRF_NO_IR NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
5005#define NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40 (NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS |\
5006 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS)
5007#define NL80211_RRF_GO_CONCURRENT NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT
5008#define NL80211_RRF_NO_UHB_VLP_CLIENT NL80211_RRF_NO_6GHZ_VLP_CLIENT
5009#define NL80211_RRF_NO_UHB_AFC_CLIENT NL80211_RRF_NO_6GHZ_AFC_CLIENT
5010
5011/* For backport compatibility with older userspace */
5012#define NL80211_RRF_NO_IR_ALL (NL80211_RRF_NO_IR | __NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS)
5013
5014/**
5015 * enum nl80211_dfs_regions - regulatory DFS regions
5016 *
5017 * @NL80211_DFS_UNSET: Country has no DFS master region specified
5018 * @NL80211_DFS_FCC: Country follows DFS master rules from FCC
5019 * @NL80211_DFS_ETSI: Country follows DFS master rules from ETSI
5020 * @NL80211_DFS_JP: Country follows DFS master rules from JP/MKK/Telec
5021 */
5022enum nl80211_dfs_regions {
5023 NL80211_DFS_UNSET = 0,
5024 NL80211_DFS_FCC = 1,
5025 NL80211_DFS_ETSI = 2,
5026 NL80211_DFS_JP = 3,
5027};
5028
5029/**
5030 * enum nl80211_user_reg_hint_type - type of user regulatory hint
5031 *
5032 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_USER: a user sent the hint. This is always
5033 * assumed if the attribute is not set.
5034 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_CELL_BASE: the hint comes from a cellular
5035 * base station. Device drivers that have been tested to work
5036 * properly to support this type of hint can enable these hints
5037 * by setting the NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS feature
5038 * capability on the struct wiphy. The wireless core will
5039 * ignore all cell base station hints until at least one device
5040 * present has been registered with the wireless core that
5041 * has listed NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS as a
5042 * supported feature.
5043 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_INDOOR: a user sent an hint indicating that the
5044 * platform is operating in an indoor environment.
5045 */
5046enum nl80211_user_reg_hint_type {
5047 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_USER = 0,
5048 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_CELL_BASE = 1,
5049 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_INDOOR = 2,
5050};
5051
5052/**
5053 * enum nl80211_survey_info - survey information
5054 *
5055 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO
5056 * when getting information about a survey.
5057 *
5058 * @__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
5059 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY: center frequency of channel
5060 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_NOISE: noise level of channel (u8, dBm)
5061 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE: channel is currently being used
5062 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME: amount of time (in ms) that the radio
5063 * was turned on (on channel or globally)
5064 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY: amount of the time the primary
5065 * channel was sensed busy (either due to activity or energy detect)
5066 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY: amount of time the extension
5067 * channel was sensed busy
5068 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX: amount of time the radio spent
5069 * receiving data (on channel or globally)
5070 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX: amount of time the radio spent
5071 * transmitting data (on channel or globally)
5072 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN: time the radio spent for scan
5073 * (on this channel or globally)
5074 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
5075 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX: amount of time the radio spent
5076 * receiving frames destined to the local BSS
5077 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_MAX: highest survey info attribute number
5078 * currently defined
5079 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY_OFFSET: center frequency offset in KHz
5080 * @__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use
5081 */
5082enum nl80211_survey_info {
5083 __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_INVALID,
5084 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY,
5085 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_NOISE,
5086 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE,
5087 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME,
5088 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY,
5089 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY,
5090 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX,
5091 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX,
5092 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN,
5093 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_PAD,
5094 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX,
5095 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY_OFFSET,
5096
5097 /* keep last */
5098 __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
5099 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
5100};
5101
5102/* keep old names for compatibility */
5103#define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME
5104#define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_BUSY NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY
5105#define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_EXT_BUSY NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY
5106#define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_RX NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX
5107#define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_TX NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX
5108
5109/**
5110 * enum nl80211_mntr_flags - monitor configuration flags
5111 *
5112 * Monitor configuration flags.
5113 *
5114 * @__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID: reserved
5115 *
5116 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL: pass frames with bad FCS
5117 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with bad PLCP
5118 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL: pass control frames
5119 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS: disable BSSID filtering
5120 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES: deprecated
5121 * will unconditionally be refused
5122 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE: use the configured MAC address
5123 * and ACK incoming unicast packets.
5124 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_SKIP_TX: do not pass local tx packets
5125 *
5126 * @__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST: internal use
5127 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_MAX: highest possible monitor flag
5128 */
5129enum nl80211_mntr_flags {
5130 __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID,
5131 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL,
5132 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL,
5133 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL,
5134 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS,
5135 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES,
5136 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE,
5137 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_SKIP_TX,
5138
5139 /* keep last */
5140 __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST,
5141 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_MAX = __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST - 1
5142};
5143
5144/**
5145 * enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode - mesh power save modes
5146 *
5147 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_UNKNOWN: The mesh power mode of the mesh STA is
5148 * not known or has not been set yet.
5149 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_ACTIVE: Active mesh power mode. The mesh STA is
5150 * in Awake state all the time.
5151 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_LIGHT_SLEEP: Light sleep mode. The mesh STA will
5152 * alternate between Active and Doze states, but will wake up for
5153 * neighbor's beacons.
5154 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_DEEP_SLEEP: Deep sleep mode. The mesh STA will
5155 * alternate between Active and Doze states, but may not wake up
5156 * for neighbor's beacons.
5157 *
5158 * @__NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST: internal use
5159 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_MAX: highest possible power save level
5160 */
5161
5162enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode {
5163 NL80211_MESH_POWER_UNKNOWN,
5164 NL80211_MESH_POWER_ACTIVE,
5165 NL80211_MESH_POWER_LIGHT_SLEEP,
5166 NL80211_MESH_POWER_DEEP_SLEEP,
5167
5168 __NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST,
5169 NL80211_MESH_POWER_MAX = __NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST - 1
5170};
5171
5172/**
5173 * enum nl80211_meshconf_params - mesh configuration parameters
5174 *
5175 * Mesh configuration parameters. These can be changed while the mesh is
5176 * active.
5177 *
5178 * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID: internal use
5179 *
5180 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_RETRY_TIMEOUT: specifies the initial retry timeout in
5181 * millisecond units, used by the Peer Link Open message
5182 *
5183 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONFIRM_TIMEOUT: specifies the initial confirm timeout, in
5184 * millisecond units, used by the peer link management to close a peer link
5185 *
5186 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HOLDING_TIMEOUT: specifies the holding timeout, in
5187 * millisecond units
5188 *
5189 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_PEER_LINKS: maximum number of peer links allowed
5190 * on this mesh interface
5191 *
5192 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_RETRIES: specifies the maximum number of peer link
5193 * open retries that can be sent to establish a new peer link instance in a
5194 * mesh
5195 *
5196 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a source mesh
5197 * point.
5198 *
5199 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS: whether we should automatically open
5200 * peer links when we detect compatible mesh peers. Disabled if
5201 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM or @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE are
5202 * set.
5203 *
5204 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_MAX_PREQ_RETRIES: the number of action frames
5205 * containing a PREQ that an MP can send to a particular destination (path
5206 * target)
5207 *
5208 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_PATH_REFRESH_TIME: how frequently to refresh mesh paths
5209 * (in milliseconds)
5210 *
5211 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MIN_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: minimum length of time to wait
5212 * until giving up on a path discovery (in milliseconds)
5213 *
5214 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ACTIVE_PATH_TIMEOUT: The time (in TUs) for which mesh
5215 * points receiving a PREQ shall consider the forwarding information from
5216 * the root to be valid. (TU = time unit)
5217 *
5218 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time (in
5219 * TUs) during which an MP can send only one action frame containing a PREQ
5220 * reference element
5221 *
5222 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME: The interval of time (in TUs)
5223 * that it takes for an HWMP information element to propagate across the
5224 * mesh
5225 *
5226 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE: whether root mode is enabled or not
5227 *
5228 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a
5229 * source mesh point for path selection elements.
5230 *
5231 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_RANN_INTERVAL: The interval of time (in TUs) between
5232 * root announcements are transmitted.
5233 *
5234 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS: Advertise that this mesh station has
5235 * access to a broader network beyond the MBSS. This is done via Root
5236 * Announcement frames.
5237 *
5238 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PERR_MIN_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time (in
5239 * TUs) during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing a
5240 * PERR element.
5241 *
5242 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_FORWARDING: set Mesh STA as forwarding or non-forwarding
5243 * or forwarding entity (default is TRUE - forwarding entity)
5244 *
5245 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_RSSI_THRESHOLD: RSSI threshold in dBm. This specifies the
5246 * threshold for average signal strength of candidate station to establish
5247 * a peer link.
5248 *
5249 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_SYNC_OFFSET_MAX_NEIGHBOR: maximum number of neighbors
5250 * to synchronize to for 11s default synchronization method
5251 * (see 11C.12.2.2)
5252 *
5253 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE: set mesh HT protection mode.
5254 *
5255 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh configuration attribute
5256 *
5257 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PATH_TO_ROOT_TIMEOUT: The time (in TUs) for
5258 * which mesh STAs receiving a proactive PREQ shall consider the forwarding
5259 * information to the root mesh STA to be valid.
5260 *
5261 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOT_INTERVAL: The interval of time (in TUs) between
5262 * proactive PREQs are transmitted.
5263 *
5264 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_CONFIRMATION_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time
5265 * (in TUs) during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame
5266 * containing a PREQ element for root path confirmation.
5267 *
5268 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_POWER_MODE: Default mesh power mode for new peer links.
5269 * type &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode (u32)
5270 *
5271 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AWAKE_WINDOW: awake window duration (in TUs)
5272 *
5273 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT: If no tx activity is seen from a STA we've
5274 * established peering with for longer than this time (in seconds), then
5275 * remove it from the STA's list of peers. You may set this to 0 to disable
5276 * the removal of the STA. Default is 30 minutes.
5277 *
5278 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_GATE: If set to true then this mesh STA
5279 * will advertise that it is connected to a gate in the mesh formation
5280 * field. If left unset then the mesh formation field will only
5281 * advertise such if there is an active root mesh path.
5282 *
5283 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_NOLEARN: Try to avoid multi-hop path discovery (e.g.
5284 * PREQ/PREP for HWMP) if the destination is a direct neighbor. Note that
5285 * this might not be the optimal decision as a multi-hop route might be
5286 * better. So if using this setting you will likely also want to disable
5287 * dot11MeshForwarding and use another mesh routing protocol on top.
5288 *
5289 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_AS: If set to true then this mesh STA
5290 * will advertise that it is connected to a authentication server
5291 * in the mesh formation field.
5292 *
5293 * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
5294 */
5295enum nl80211_meshconf_params {
5296 __NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID,
5297 NL80211_MESHCONF_RETRY_TIMEOUT,
5298 NL80211_MESHCONF_CONFIRM_TIMEOUT,
5299 NL80211_MESHCONF_HOLDING_TIMEOUT,
5300 NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_PEER_LINKS,
5301 NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_RETRIES,
5302 NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL,
5303 NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS,
5304 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_MAX_PREQ_RETRIES,
5305 NL80211_MESHCONF_PATH_REFRESH_TIME,
5306 NL80211_MESHCONF_MIN_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT,
5307 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ACTIVE_PATH_TIMEOUT,
5308 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL,
5309 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME,
5310 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE,
5311 NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL,
5312 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_RANN_INTERVAL,
5313 NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS,
5314 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PERR_MIN_INTERVAL,
5315 NL80211_MESHCONF_FORWARDING,
5316 NL80211_MESHCONF_RSSI_THRESHOLD,
5317 NL80211_MESHCONF_SYNC_OFFSET_MAX_NEIGHBOR,
5318 NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE,
5319 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PATH_TO_ROOT_TIMEOUT,
5320 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOT_INTERVAL,
5321 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_CONFIRMATION_INTERVAL,
5322 NL80211_MESHCONF_POWER_MODE,
5323 NL80211_MESHCONF_AWAKE_WINDOW,
5324 NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT,
5325 NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_GATE,
5326 NL80211_MESHCONF_NOLEARN,
5327 NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_AS,
5328
5329 /* keep last */
5330 __NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
5331 NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
5332};
5333
5334/**
5335 * enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params - mesh setup parameters
5336 *
5337 * Mesh setup parameters. These are used to start/join a mesh and cannot be
5338 * changed while the mesh is active.
5339 *
5340 * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID: Internal use
5341 *
5342 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL: Enable this option to use a
5343 * vendor specific path selection algorithm or disable it to use the
5344 * default HWMP.
5345 *
5346 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC: Enable this option to use a
5347 * vendor specific path metric or disable it to use the default Airtime
5348 * metric.
5349 *
5350 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE: Information elements for this mesh, for instance, a
5351 * robust security network ie, or a vendor specific information element
5352 * that vendors will use to identify the path selection methods and
5353 * metrics in use.
5354 *
5355 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH: Enable this option if an authentication
5356 * daemon will be authenticating mesh candidates.
5357 *
5358 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE: Enable this option if an authentication
5359 * daemon will be securing peer link frames. AMPE is a secured version of
5360 * Mesh Peering Management (MPM) and is implemented with the assistance of
5361 * a userspace daemon. When this flag is set, the kernel will send peer
5362 * management frames to a userspace daemon that will implement AMPE
5363 * functionality (security capabilities selection, key confirmation, and
5364 * key management). When the flag is unset (default), the kernel can
5365 * autonomously complete (unsecured) mesh peering without the need of a
5366 * userspace daemon.
5367 *
5368 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_SYNC: Enable this option to use a
5369 * vendor specific synchronization method or disable it to use the default
5370 * neighbor offset synchronization
5371 *
5372 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM: Enable this option if userspace will
5373 * implement an MPM which handles peer allocation and state.
5374 *
5375 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_AUTH_PROTOCOL: Inform the kernel of the authentication
5376 * method (u8, as defined in IEEE 8.4.2.100.6, e.g. 0x1 for SAE).
5377 * Default is no authentication method required.
5378 *
5379 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh setup attribute number
5380 *
5381 * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal use
5382 */
5383enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params {
5384 __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID,
5385 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL,
5386 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC,
5387 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE,
5388 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH,
5389 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE,
5390 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_SYNC,
5391 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM,
5392 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_AUTH_PROTOCOL,
5393
5394 /* keep last */
5395 __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
5396 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
5397};
5398
5399/**
5400 * enum nl80211_txq_attr - TX queue parameter attributes
5401 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID: Attribute number 0 is reserved
5402 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC: AC identifier (NL80211_AC_*)
5403 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_TXOP: Maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning
5404 * disabled
5405 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMIN: Minimum contention window [a value of the form
5406 * 2^n-1 in the range 1..32767]
5407 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMAX: Maximum contention window [a value of the form
5408 * 2^n-1 in the range 1..32767]
5409 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AIFS: Arbitration interframe space [0..255]
5410 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal
5411 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_MAX: Maximum TXQ attribute number
5412 */
5413enum nl80211_txq_attr {
5414 __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID,
5415 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC,
5416 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_TXOP,
5417 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMIN,
5418 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMAX,
5419 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AIFS,
5420
5421 /* keep last */
5422 __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
5423 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
5424};
5425
5426enum nl80211_ac {
5427 NL80211_AC_VO,
5428 NL80211_AC_VI,
5429 NL80211_AC_BE,
5430 NL80211_AC_BK,
5431 NL80211_NUM_ACS
5432};
5433
5434/* backward compat */
5435#define NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_QUEUE NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC
5436#define NL80211_TXQ_Q_VO NL80211_AC_VO
5437#define NL80211_TXQ_Q_VI NL80211_AC_VI
5438#define NL80211_TXQ_Q_BE NL80211_AC_BE
5439#define NL80211_TXQ_Q_BK NL80211_AC_BK
5440
5441/**
5442 * enum nl80211_channel_type - channel type
5443 * @NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT: 20 MHz, non-HT channel
5444 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT20: 20 MHz HT channel
5445 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS: HT40 channel, secondary channel
5446 * below the control channel
5447 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS: HT40 channel, secondary channel
5448 * above the control channel
5449 */
5450enum nl80211_channel_type {
5451 NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT,
5452 NL80211_CHAN_HT20,
5453 NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS,
5454 NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS
5455};
5456
5457/**
5458 * enum nl80211_key_mode - Key mode
5459 *
5460 * @NL80211_KEY_RX_TX: (Default)
5461 * Key can be used for Rx and Tx immediately
5462 *
5463 * The following modes can only be selected for unicast keys and when the
5464 * driver supports @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID:
5465 *
5466 * @NL80211_KEY_NO_TX: Only allowed in combination with @NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY:
5467 * Unicast key can only be used for Rx, Tx not allowed, yet
5468 * @NL80211_KEY_SET_TX: Only allowed in combination with @NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY:
5469 * The unicast key identified by idx and mac is cleared for Tx and becomes
5470 * the preferred Tx key for the station.
5471 */
5472enum nl80211_key_mode {
5473 NL80211_KEY_RX_TX,
5474 NL80211_KEY_NO_TX,
5475 NL80211_KEY_SET_TX
5476};
5477
5478/**
5479 * enum nl80211_chan_width - channel width definitions
5480 *
5481 * These values are used with the %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH
5482 * attribute.
5483 *
5484 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT: 20 MHz, non-HT channel
5485 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20: 20 MHz HT channel
5486 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40: 40 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
5487 * attribute must be provided as well
5488 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80: 80 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
5489 * attribute must be provided as well
5490 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80: 80+80 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
5491 * and %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2 attributes must be provided as well
5492 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160: 160 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
5493 * attribute must be provided as well
5494 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: 5 MHz OFDM channel
5495 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: 10 MHz OFDM channel
5496 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_1: 1 MHz OFDM channel
5497 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_2: 2 MHz OFDM channel
5498 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_4: 4 MHz OFDM channel
5499 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_8: 8 MHz OFDM channel
5500 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_16: 16 MHz OFDM channel
5501 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_320: 320 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
5502 * attribute must be provided as well
5503 */
5504enum nl80211_chan_width {
5505 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT,
5506 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20,
5507 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40,
5508 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80,
5509 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80,
5510 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160,
5511 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5,
5512 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10,
5513 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_1,
5514 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_2,
5515 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_4,
5516 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_8,
5517 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_16,
5518 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_320,
5519};
5520
5521/**
5522 * enum nl80211_bss_scan_width - control channel width for a BSS
5523 *
5524 * These values are used with the %NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH attribute.
5525 *
5526 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20: control channel is 20 MHz wide or compatible
5527 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10: control channel is 10 MHz wide
5528 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5: control channel is 5 MHz wide
5529 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_1: control channel is 1 MHz wide
5530 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_2: control channel is 2 MHz wide
5531 */
5532enum nl80211_bss_scan_width {
5533 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20,
5534 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10,
5535 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5,
5536 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_1,
5537 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_2,
5538};
5539
5540/**
5541 * enum nl80211_bss_use_for - bitmap indicating possible BSS use
5542 * @NL80211_BSS_USE_FOR_NORMAL: Use this BSS for normal "connection",
5543 * including IBSS/MBSS depending on the type.
5544 * @NL80211_BSS_USE_FOR_MLD_LINK: This BSS can be used as a link in an
5545 * MLO connection. Note that for an MLO connection, all links including
5546 * the assoc link must have this flag set, and the assoc link must
5547 * additionally have %NL80211_BSS_USE_FOR_NORMAL set.
5548 */
5549enum nl80211_bss_use_for {
5550 NL80211_BSS_USE_FOR_NORMAL = 1 << 0,
5551 NL80211_BSS_USE_FOR_MLD_LINK = 1 << 1,
5552};
5553
5554/**
5555 * enum nl80211_bss_cannot_use_reasons - reason(s) connection to a
5556 * BSS isn't possible
5557 * @NL80211_BSS_CANNOT_USE_NSTR_NONPRIMARY: NSTR nonprimary links aren't
5558 * supported by the device, and this BSS entry represents one.
5559 * @NL80211_BSS_CANNOT_USE_6GHZ_PWR_MISMATCH: STA is not supporting
5560 * the AP power type (SP, VLP, AP) that the AP uses.
5561 */
5562enum nl80211_bss_cannot_use_reasons {
5563 NL80211_BSS_CANNOT_USE_NSTR_NONPRIMARY = 1 << 0,
5564 NL80211_BSS_CANNOT_USE_6GHZ_PWR_MISMATCH = 1 << 1,
5565};
5566
5567#define NL80211_BSS_CANNOT_USE_UHB_PWR_MISMATCH \
5568 NL80211_BSS_CANNOT_USE_6GHZ_PWR_MISMATCH
5569
5570/**
5571 * enum nl80211_bss - netlink attributes for a BSS
5572 *
5573 * @__NL80211_BSS_INVALID: invalid
5574 * @NL80211_BSS_BSSID: BSSID of the BSS (6 octets)
5575 * @NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY: frequency in MHz (u32)
5576 * @NL80211_BSS_TSF: TSF of the received probe response/beacon (u64)
5577 * (if @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA is present then this is known to be
5578 * from a probe response, otherwise it may be from the same beacon
5579 * that the NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF will be from)
5580 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_INTERVAL: beacon interval of the (I)BSS (u16)
5581 * @NL80211_BSS_CAPABILITY: capability field (CPU order, u16)
5582 * @NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS: binary attribute containing the
5583 * raw information elements from the probe response/beacon (bin);
5584 * if the %NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES attribute is present and the data is
5585 * different then the IEs here are from a Probe Response frame; otherwise
5586 * they are from a Beacon frame.
5587 * However, if the driver does not indicate the source of the IEs, these
5588 * IEs may be from either frame subtype.
5589 * If present, the @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA attribute indicates that the
5590 * data here is known to be from a probe response, without any heuristics.
5591 * @NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_MBM: signal strength of probe response/beacon
5592 * in mBm (100 * dBm) (s32)
5593 * @NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_UNSPEC: signal strength of the probe response/beacon
5594 * in unspecified units, scaled to 0..100 (u8)
5595 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS: status, if this BSS is "used"
5596 * @NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO: age of this BSS entry in ms
5597 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES: binary attribute containing the raw information
5598 * elements from a Beacon frame (bin); not present if no Beacon frame has
5599 * yet been received
5600 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH: channel width of the control channel
5601 * (u32, enum nl80211_bss_scan_width) - No longer used!
5602 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF: TSF of the last received beacon (u64)
5603 * (not present if no beacon frame has been received yet)
5604 * @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA: the data in @NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS and
5605 * @NL80211_BSS_TSF is known to be from a probe response (flag attribute)
5606 * @NL80211_BSS_LAST_SEEN_BOOTTIME: CLOCK_BOOTTIME timestamp when this entry
5607 * was last updated by a received frame. The value is expected to be
5608 * accurate to about 10ms. (u64, nanoseconds)
5609 * @NL80211_BSS_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
5610 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF: the time at the start of reception of the first
5611 * octet of the timestamp field of the last beacon/probe received for
5612 * this BSS. The time is the TSF of the BSS specified by
5613 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID. (u64).
5614 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID: the BSS according to which @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF
5615 * is set.
5616 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAIN_SIGNAL: per-chain signal strength of last BSS update.
5617 * Contains a nested array of signal strength attributes (u8, dBm),
5618 * using the nesting index as the antenna number.
5619 * @NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY_OFFSET: frequency offset in KHz
5620 * @NL80211_BSS_MLO_LINK_ID: MLO link ID of the BSS (u8).
5621 * @NL80211_BSS_MLD_ADDR: MLD address of this BSS if connected to it.
5622 * @NL80211_BSS_USE_FOR: u32 bitmap attribute indicating what the BSS can be
5623 * used for, see &enum nl80211_bss_use_for.
5624 * @NL80211_BSS_CANNOT_USE_REASONS: Indicates the reason that this BSS cannot
5625 * be used for all or some of the possible uses by the device reporting it,
5626 * even though its presence was detected.
5627 * This is a u64 attribute containing a bitmap of values from
5628 * &enum nl80211_cannot_use_reasons, note that the attribute may be missing
5629 * if no reasons are specified.
5630 * @__NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST: internal
5631 * @NL80211_BSS_MAX: highest BSS attribute
5632 */
5633enum nl80211_bss {
5634 __NL80211_BSS_INVALID,
5635 NL80211_BSS_BSSID,
5636 NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY,
5637 NL80211_BSS_TSF,
5638 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_INTERVAL,
5639 NL80211_BSS_CAPABILITY,
5640 NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS,
5641 NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_MBM,
5642 NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_UNSPEC,
5643 NL80211_BSS_STATUS,
5644 NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO,
5645 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES,
5646 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH,
5647 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF,
5648 NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA,
5649 NL80211_BSS_LAST_SEEN_BOOTTIME,
5650 NL80211_BSS_PAD,
5651 NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF,
5652 NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID,
5653 NL80211_BSS_CHAIN_SIGNAL,
5654 NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY_OFFSET,
5655 NL80211_BSS_MLO_LINK_ID,
5656 NL80211_BSS_MLD_ADDR,
5657 NL80211_BSS_USE_FOR,
5658 NL80211_BSS_CANNOT_USE_REASONS,
5659
5660 /* keep last */
5661 __NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST,
5662 NL80211_BSS_MAX = __NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST - 1
5663};
5664
5665/**
5666 * enum nl80211_bss_status - BSS "status"
5667 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED: Authenticated with this BSS.
5668 * Note that this is no longer used since cfg80211 no longer
5669 * keeps track of whether or not authentication was done with
5670 * a given BSS.
5671 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_ASSOCIATED: Associated with this BSS.
5672 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_IBSS_JOINED: Joined to this IBSS.
5673 *
5674 * The BSS status is a BSS attribute in scan dumps, which
5675 * indicates the status the interface has wrt. this BSS.
5676 */
5677enum nl80211_bss_status {
5678 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED,
5679 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_ASSOCIATED,
5680 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_IBSS_JOINED,
5681};
5682
5683/**
5684 * enum nl80211_auth_type - AuthenticationType
5685 *
5686 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_OPEN_SYSTEM: Open System authentication
5687 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SHARED_KEY: Shared Key authentication (WEP only)
5688 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT: Fast BSS Transition (IEEE 802.11r)
5689 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP: Network EAP (some Cisco APs and mainly LEAP)
5690 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SAE: Simultaneous authentication of equals
5691 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK: Fast Initial Link Setup shared key
5692 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK_PFS: Fast Initial Link Setup shared key with PFS
5693 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_PK: Fast Initial Link Setup public key
5694 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_EPPKE: Enhanced Privacy Protection Key Exchange
5695 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_IEEE8021X: IEEE 802.1X authentication utilizing
5696 * Authentication frames
5697 * @__NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM: internal
5698 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_MAX: maximum valid auth algorithm
5699 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_AUTOMATIC: determine automatically (if necessary by
5700 * trying multiple times); this is invalid in netlink -- leave out
5701 * the attribute for this on CONNECT commands.
5702 */
5703enum nl80211_auth_type {
5704 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_OPEN_SYSTEM,
5705 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SHARED_KEY,
5706 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT,
5707 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP,
5708 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SAE,
5709 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK,
5710 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK_PFS,
5711 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_PK,
5712 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_EPPKE,
5713 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_IEEE8021X,
5714
5715 /* keep last */
5716 __NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM,
5717 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_MAX = __NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM - 1,
5718 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_AUTOMATIC
5719};
5720
5721/**
5722 * enum nl80211_key_type - Key Type
5723 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_GROUP: Group (broadcast/multicast) key
5724 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE: Pairwise (unicast/individual) key
5725 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY: PeerKey (DLS)
5726 * @NUM_NL80211_KEYTYPES: number of defined key types
5727 */
5728enum nl80211_key_type {
5729 NL80211_KEYTYPE_GROUP,
5730 NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE,
5731 NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY,
5732
5733 NUM_NL80211_KEYTYPES
5734};
5735
5736/**
5737 * enum nl80211_mfp - Management frame protection state
5738 * @NL80211_MFP_NO: Management frame protection not used
5739 * @NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED: Management frame protection required
5740 * @NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL: Management frame protection is optional
5741 */
5742enum nl80211_mfp {
5743 NL80211_MFP_NO,
5744 NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED,
5745 NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL,
5746};
5747
5748enum nl80211_wpa_versions {
5749 NL80211_WPA_VERSION_1 = 1 << 0,
5750 NL80211_WPA_VERSION_2 = 1 << 1,
5751 NL80211_WPA_VERSION_3 = 1 << 2,
5752};
5753
5754/**
5755 * enum nl80211_key_default_types - key default types
5756 * @__NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID: invalid
5757 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST: key should be used as default
5758 * unicast key
5759 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST: key should be used as default
5760 * multicast key
5761 * @NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: number of default types
5762 */
5763enum nl80211_key_default_types {
5764 __NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID,
5765 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST,
5766 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST,
5767
5768 NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES
5769};
5770
5771/**
5772 * enum nl80211_key_attributes - key attributes
5773 * @__NL80211_KEY_INVALID: invalid
5774 * @NL80211_KEY_DATA: (temporal) key data; for TKIP this consists of
5775 * 16 bytes encryption key followed by 8 bytes each for TX and RX MIC
5776 * keys
5777 * @NL80211_KEY_IDX: key ID (u8, 0-3)
5778 * @NL80211_KEY_CIPHER: key cipher suite (u32, as defined by IEEE 802.11
5779 * section 7.3.2.25.1, e.g. 0x000FAC04)
5780 * @NL80211_KEY_SEQ: transmit key sequence number (IV/PN) for TKIP and
5781 * CCMP keys, each six bytes in little endian
5782 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT: flag indicating default key
5783 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT: flag indicating default management key
5784 * @NL80211_KEY_TYPE: the key type from enum nl80211_key_type, if not
5785 * specified the default depends on whether a MAC address was
5786 * given with the command using the key or not (u32)
5787 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags
5788 * attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as.
5789 * See &enum nl80211_key_default_types.
5790 * @NL80211_KEY_MODE: the mode from enum nl80211_key_mode.
5791 * Defaults to @NL80211_KEY_RX_TX.
5792 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_BEACON: flag indicating default Beacon frame key
5793 *
5794 * @__NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST: internal
5795 * @NL80211_KEY_MAX: highest key attribute
5796 */
5797enum nl80211_key_attributes {
5798 __NL80211_KEY_INVALID,
5799 NL80211_KEY_DATA,
5800 NL80211_KEY_IDX,
5801 NL80211_KEY_CIPHER,
5802 NL80211_KEY_SEQ,
5803 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT,
5804 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT,
5805 NL80211_KEY_TYPE,
5806 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES,
5807 NL80211_KEY_MODE,
5808 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_BEACON,
5809
5810 /* keep last */
5811 __NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST,
5812 NL80211_KEY_MAX = __NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST - 1
5813};
5814
5815/**
5816 * enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes - TX rate set attributes
5817 * @__NL80211_TXRATE_INVALID: invalid
5818 * @NL80211_TXRATE_LEGACY: Legacy (non-MCS) rates allowed for TX rate selection
5819 * in an array of rates as defined in IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 (u8 values with
5820 * 1 = 500 kbps) but without the IE length restriction (at most
5821 * %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES in a single array).
5822 * @NL80211_TXRATE_HT: HT (MCS) rates allowed for TX rate selection
5823 * in an array of MCS numbers.
5824 * @NL80211_TXRATE_VHT: VHT rates allowed for TX rate selection,
5825 * see &struct nl80211_txrate_vht
5826 * @NL80211_TXRATE_GI: configure GI, see &enum nl80211_txrate_gi
5827 * @NL80211_TXRATE_HE: HE rates allowed for TX rate selection,
5828 * see &struct nl80211_txrate_he
5829 * @NL80211_TXRATE_HE_GI: configure HE GI, 0.8us, 1.6us and 3.2us.
5830 * @NL80211_TXRATE_HE_LTF: configure HE LTF, 1XLTF, 2XLTF and 4XLTF.
5831 * @NL80211_TXRATE_EHT: EHT rates allowed for TX rate selection,
5832 * see &struct nl80211_txrate_eht
5833 * @NL80211_TXRATE_EHT_GI: configure EHT GI, (u8, see &enum nl80211_eht_gi)
5834 * @NL80211_TXRATE_EHT_LTF: configure EHT LTF, (u8, see &enum nl80211_eht_ltf)
5835 * @__NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST: internal
5836 * @NL80211_TXRATE_MAX: highest TX rate attribute
5837 */
5838enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes {
5839 __NL80211_TXRATE_INVALID,
5840 NL80211_TXRATE_LEGACY,
5841 NL80211_TXRATE_HT,
5842 NL80211_TXRATE_VHT,
5843 NL80211_TXRATE_GI,
5844 NL80211_TXRATE_HE,
5845 NL80211_TXRATE_HE_GI,
5846 NL80211_TXRATE_HE_LTF,
5847 NL80211_TXRATE_EHT,
5848 NL80211_TXRATE_EHT_GI,
5849 NL80211_TXRATE_EHT_LTF,
5850
5851 /* keep last */
5852 __NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST,
5853 NL80211_TXRATE_MAX = __NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST - 1
5854};
5855
5856#define NL80211_TXRATE_MCS NL80211_TXRATE_HT
5857#define NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX 8
5858
5859/**
5860 * struct nl80211_txrate_vht - VHT MCS/NSS txrate bitmap
5861 * @mcs: MCS bitmap table for each NSS (array index 0 for 1 stream, etc.)
5862 */
5863struct nl80211_txrate_vht {
5864 __u16 mcs[NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX];
5865};
5866
5867#define NL80211_HE_NSS_MAX 8
5868/**
5869 * struct nl80211_txrate_he - HE MCS/NSS txrate bitmap
5870 * @mcs: MCS bitmap table for each NSS (array index 0 for 1 stream, etc.)
5871 */
5872struct nl80211_txrate_he {
5873 __u16 mcs[NL80211_HE_NSS_MAX];
5874};
5875
5876enum nl80211_txrate_gi {
5877 NL80211_TXRATE_DEFAULT_GI,
5878 NL80211_TXRATE_FORCE_SGI,
5879 NL80211_TXRATE_FORCE_LGI,
5880};
5881
5882#define NL80211_EHT_NSS_MAX 16
5883/**
5884 * struct nl80211_txrate_eht - EHT MCS/NSS txrate bitmap
5885 * @mcs: MCS bitmap table for each NSS (array index 0 for 1 stream, etc.)
5886 */
5887struct nl80211_txrate_eht {
5888 __u16 mcs[NL80211_EHT_NSS_MAX];
5889};
5890
5891/**
5892 * enum nl80211_band - Frequency band
5893 * @NL80211_BAND_2GHZ: 2.4 GHz ISM band
5894 * @NL80211_BAND_5GHZ: around 5 GHz band (4.9 - 5.7 GHz)
5895 * @NL80211_BAND_60GHZ: around 60 GHz band (58.32 - 69.12 GHz)
5896 * @NL80211_BAND_6GHZ: around 6 GHz band (5.9 - 7.2 GHz)
5897 * @NL80211_BAND_S1GHZ: around 900MHz, supported by S1G PHYs
5898 * @NL80211_BAND_LC: light communication band (placeholder)
5899 * @NUM_NL80211_BANDS: number of bands, avoid using this in userspace
5900 * since newer kernel versions may support more bands
5901 */
5902enum nl80211_band {
5903 NL80211_BAND_2GHZ,
5904 NL80211_BAND_5GHZ,
5905 NL80211_BAND_60GHZ,
5906 NL80211_BAND_6GHZ,
5907 NL80211_BAND_S1GHZ,
5908 NL80211_BAND_LC,
5909
5910 NUM_NL80211_BANDS,
5911};
5912
5913/**
5914 * enum nl80211_ps_state - powersave state
5915 * @NL80211_PS_DISABLED: powersave is disabled
5916 * @NL80211_PS_ENABLED: powersave is enabled
5917 */
5918enum nl80211_ps_state {
5919 NL80211_PS_DISABLED,
5920 NL80211_PS_ENABLED,
5921};
5922
5923/**
5924 * enum nl80211_attr_cqm - connection quality monitor attributes
5925 * @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_INVALID: invalid
5926 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD: RSSI threshold in dBm. This value specifies
5927 * the threshold for the RSSI level at which an event will be sent. Zero
5928 * to disable. Alternatively, if %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST is
5929 * set, multiple values can be supplied as a low-to-high sorted array of
5930 * threshold values in dBm. Events will be sent when the RSSI value
5931 * crosses any of the thresholds.
5932 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST: RSSI hysteresis in dBm. This value specifies
5933 * the minimum amount the RSSI level must change after an event before a
5934 * new event may be issued (to reduce effects of RSSI oscillation).
5935 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT: RSSI threshold event
5936 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT: a u32 value indicating that this many
5937 * consecutive packets were not acknowledged by the peer
5938 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE: TX error rate in %. Minimum % of TX failures
5939 * during the given %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL before an
5940 * %NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM with reported %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE and
5941 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS is generated.
5942 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS: number of attempted packets in a given
5943 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL before %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE is
5944 * checked.
5945 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL: interval in seconds. Specifies the periodic
5946 * interval in which %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS and
5947 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE must be satisfied before generating an
5948 * %NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM. Set to 0 to turn off TX error reporting.
5949 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT: flag attribute that's set in a beacon
5950 * loss event
5951 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_LEVEL: the RSSI value in dBm that triggered the
5952 * RSSI threshold event.
5953 * @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST: internal
5954 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX: highest key attribute
5955 */
5956enum nl80211_attr_cqm {
5957 __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_INVALID,
5958 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD,
5959 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST,
5960 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT,
5961 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT,
5962 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE,
5963 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS,
5964 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL,
5965 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT,
5966 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_LEVEL,
5967
5968 /* keep last */
5969 __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST,
5970 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX = __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST - 1
5971};
5972
5973/**
5974 * enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event - RSSI threshold event
5975 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_LOW: The RSSI level is lower than the
5976 * configured threshold
5977 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_HIGH: The RSSI is higher than the
5978 * configured threshold
5979 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT: (reserved, never sent)
5980 */
5981enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event {
5982 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_LOW,
5983 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_HIGH,
5984 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT,
5985};
5986
5987
5988/**
5989 * enum nl80211_tx_power_setting - TX power adjustment
5990 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC: automatically determine transmit power
5991 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED: limit TX power by the mBm parameter
5992 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED: fix TX power to the mBm parameter
5993 */
5994enum nl80211_tx_power_setting {
5995 NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC,
5996 NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED,
5997 NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED,
5998};
5999
6000/**
6001 * enum nl80211_tid_config - TID config state
6002 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ENABLE: Enable config for the TID
6003 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_DISABLE: Disable config for the TID
6004 */
6005enum nl80211_tid_config {
6006 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ENABLE,
6007 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_DISABLE,
6008};
6009
6010/* enum nl80211_tx_rate_setting - TX rate configuration type
6011 * @NL80211_TX_RATE_AUTOMATIC: automatically determine TX rate
6012 * @NL80211_TX_RATE_LIMITED: limit the TX rate by the TX rate parameter
6013 * @NL80211_TX_RATE_FIXED: fix TX rate to the TX rate parameter
6014 */
6015enum nl80211_tx_rate_setting {
6016 NL80211_TX_RATE_AUTOMATIC,
6017 NL80211_TX_RATE_LIMITED,
6018 NL80211_TX_RATE_FIXED,
6019};
6020
6021/* enum nl80211_tid_config_attr - TID specific configuration.
6022 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PAD: pad attribute for 64-bit values
6023 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_VIF_SUPP: a bitmap (u64) of attributes supported
6024 * for per-vif configuration; doesn't list the ones that are generic
6025 * (%NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS, %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE).
6026 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PEER_SUPP: same as the previous per-vif one, but
6027 * per peer instead.
6028 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE: flag attribute, if set indicates
6029 * that the new configuration overrides all previous peer
6030 * configurations, otherwise previous peer specific configurations
6031 * should be left untouched.
6032 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS: a bitmask value of TIDs (bit 0 to 7)
6033 * Its type is u16.
6034 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_NOACK: Configure ack policy for the TID.
6035 * specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TID. see %enum nl80211_tid_config.
6036 * Its type is u8.
6037 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_SHORT: Number of retries used with data frame
6038 * transmission, user-space sets this configuration in
6039 * &NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG. It is u8 type, min value is 1 and
6040 * the max value is advertised by the driver in this attribute on
6041 * output in wiphy capabilities.
6042 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_LONG: Number of retries used with data frame
6043 * transmission, user-space sets this configuration in
6044 * &NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG. Its type is u8, min value is 1 and
6045 * the max value is advertised by the driver in this attribute on
6046 * output in wiphy capabilities.
6047 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMPDU_CTRL: Enable/Disable MPDU aggregation
6048 * for the TIDs specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS.
6049 * Its type is u8, using the values from &nl80211_tid_config.
6050 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RTSCTS_CTRL: Enable/Disable RTS_CTS for the TIDs
6051 * specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS. It is u8 type, using
6052 * the values from &nl80211_tid_config.
6053 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMSDU_CTRL: Enable/Disable MSDU aggregation
6054 * for the TIDs specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS.
6055 * Its type is u8, using the values from &nl80211_tid_config.
6056 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE_TYPE: This attribute will be useful
6057 * to notfiy the driver that what type of txrate should be used
6058 * for the TIDs specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS. using
6059 * the values form &nl80211_tx_rate_setting.
6060 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE: Data frame TX rate mask should be applied
6061 * with the parameters passed through %NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES.
6062 * configuration is applied to the data frame for the tid to that connected
6063 * station.
6064 */
6065enum nl80211_tid_config_attr {
6066 __NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_INVALID,
6067 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PAD,
6068 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_VIF_SUPP,
6069 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PEER_SUPP,
6070 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE,
6071 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS,
6072 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_NOACK,
6073 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_SHORT,
6074 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_LONG,
6075 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMPDU_CTRL,
6076 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RTSCTS_CTRL,
6077 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMSDU_CTRL,
6078 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE_TYPE,
6079 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE,
6080
6081 /* keep last */
6082 __NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
6083 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
6084};
6085
6086/**
6087 * enum nl80211_packet_pattern_attr - packet pattern attribute
6088 * @__NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute
6089 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN: the pattern, values where the mask has
6090 * a zero bit are ignored
6091 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK: pattern mask, must be long enough to have
6092 * a bit for each byte in the pattern. The lowest-order bit corresponds
6093 * to the first byte of the pattern, but the bytes of the pattern are
6094 * in a little-endian-like format, i.e. the 9th byte of the pattern
6095 * corresponds to the lowest-order bit in the second byte of the mask.
6096 * For example: The match 00:xx:00:00:xx:00:00:00:00:xx:xx:xx (where
6097 * xx indicates "don't care") would be represented by a pattern of
6098 * twelve zero bytes, and a mask of "0xed,0x01".
6099 * Note that the pattern matching is done as though frames were not
6100 * 802.11 frames but 802.3 frames, i.e. the frame is fully unpacked
6101 * first (including SNAP header unpacking) and then matched.
6102 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET: packet offset, pattern is matched after
6103 * these fixed number of bytes of received packet
6104 * @NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT: number of attributes
6105 * @MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT: max attribute number
6106 */
6107enum nl80211_packet_pattern_attr {
6108 __NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID,
6109 NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK,
6110 NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN,
6111 NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET,
6112
6113 NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT,
6114 MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT = NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT - 1,
6115};
6116
6117/**
6118 * struct nl80211_pattern_support - packet pattern support information
6119 * @max_patterns: maximum number of patterns supported
6120 * @min_pattern_len: minimum length of each pattern
6121 * @max_pattern_len: maximum length of each pattern
6122 * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset
6123 *
6124 * This struct is carried in %NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN when
6125 * that is part of %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED or in
6126 * %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN when that is part of
6127 * %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE in the capability information given
6128 * by the kernel to userspace.
6129 */
6130struct nl80211_pattern_support {
6131 __u32 max_patterns;
6132 __u32 min_pattern_len;
6133 __u32 max_pattern_len;
6134 __u32 max_pkt_offset;
6135} __attribute__((packed));
6136
6137/* only for backward compatibility */
6138#define __NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_INVALID __NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID
6139#define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_MASK NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK
6140#define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_PATTERN NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN
6141#define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_OFFSET NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET
6142#define NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT
6143#define MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT
6144#define nl80211_wowlan_pattern_support nl80211_pattern_support
6145
6146/**
6147 * enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers - WoWLAN trigger definitions
6148 * @__NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
6149 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_ANY: wake up on any activity, do not really put
6150 * the chip into a special state -- works best with chips that have
6151 * support for low-power operation already (flag)
6152 * Note that this mode is incompatible with all of the others, if
6153 * any others are even supported by the device.
6154 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_DISCONNECT: wake up on disconnect, the way disconnect
6155 * is detected is implementation-specific (flag)
6156 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_MAGIC_PKT: wake up on magic packet (6x 0xff, followed
6157 * by 16 repetitions of MAC addr, anywhere in payload) (flag)
6158 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN: wake up on the specified packet patterns
6159 * which are passed in an array of nested attributes, each nested attribute
6160 * defining a with attributes from &struct nl80211_wowlan_trig_pkt_pattern.
6161 * Each pattern defines a wakeup packet. Packet offset is associated with
6162 * each pattern which is used while matching the pattern. The matching is
6163 * done on the MSDU, i.e. as though the packet was an 802.3 packet, so the
6164 * pattern matching is done after the packet is converted to the MSDU.
6165 *
6166 * In %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED, it is a binary attribute
6167 * carrying a &struct nl80211_pattern_support.
6168 *
6169 * When reporting wakeup. it is a u32 attribute containing the 0-based
6170 * index of the pattern that caused the wakeup, in the patterns passed
6171 * to the kernel when configuring.
6172 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_SUPPORTED: Not a real trigger, and cannot be
6173 * used when setting, used only to indicate that GTK rekeying is supported
6174 * by the device (flag)
6175 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE: wake up on GTK rekey failure (if
6176 * done by the device) (flag)
6177 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_EAP_IDENT_REQUEST: wake up on EAP Identity Request
6178 * packet (flag)
6179 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_4WAY_HANDSHAKE: wake up on 4-way handshake (flag)
6180 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_RFKILL_RELEASE: wake up when rfkill is released
6181 * (on devices that have rfkill in the device) (flag)
6182 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211: For wakeup reporting only, contains
6183 * the 802.11 packet that caused the wakeup, e.g. a deauth frame. The frame
6184 * may be truncated, the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN
6185 * attribute contains the original length.
6186 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN: Original length of the 802.11
6187 * packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211
6188 * attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere.
6189 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023: For wakeup reporting only, contains the
6190 * 802.11 packet that caused the wakeup, e.g. a magic packet. The frame may
6191 * be truncated, the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN attribute
6192 * contains the original length.
6193 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN: Original length of the 802.3
6194 * packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023
6195 * attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere.
6196 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_CONNECTION: TCP connection wake, see DOC section
6197 * "TCP connection wakeup" for more details. This is a nested attribute
6198 * containing the exact information for establishing and keeping alive
6199 * the TCP connection.
6200 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_MATCH: For wakeup reporting only, the
6201 * wakeup packet was received on the TCP connection
6202 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_CONNLOST: For wakeup reporting only, the
6203 * TCP connection was lost or failed to be established
6204 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_NOMORETOKENS: For wakeup reporting only,
6205 * the TCP connection ran out of tokens to use for data to send to the
6206 * service
6207 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT: wake up when a configured network
6208 * is detected. This is a nested attribute that contains the
6209 * same attributes used with @NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN. It
6210 * specifies how the scan is performed (e.g. the interval, the
6211 * channels to scan and the initial delay) as well as the scan
6212 * results that will trigger a wake (i.e. the matchsets). This
6213 * attribute is also sent in a response to
6214 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY, indicating the number of match sets
6215 * supported by the driver (u32).
6216 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT_RESULTS: nested attribute
6217 * containing an array with information about what triggered the
6218 * wake up. If no elements are present in the array, it means
6219 * that the information is not available. If more than one
6220 * element is present, it means that more than one match
6221 * occurred.
6222 * Each element in the array is a nested attribute that contains
6223 * one optional %NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute and one optional
6224 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES attribute. At least one of
6225 * these attributes must be present. If
6226 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES contains more than one
6227 * frequency, it means that the match occurred in more than one
6228 * channel.
6229 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_UNPROTECTED_DEAUTH_DISASSOC: For wakeup reporting only.
6230 * Wake up happened due to unprotected deauth or disassoc frame in MFP.
6231 * @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: number of wake on wireless triggers
6232 * @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: highest wowlan trigger attribute number
6233 *
6234 * These nested attributes are used to configure the wakeup triggers and
6235 * to report the wakeup reason(s).
6236 */
6237enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers {
6238 __NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_INVALID,
6239 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_ANY,
6240 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_DISCONNECT,
6241 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_MAGIC_PKT,
6242 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN,
6243 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_SUPPORTED,
6244 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE,
6245 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_EAP_IDENT_REQUEST,
6246 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_4WAY_HANDSHAKE,
6247 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_RFKILL_RELEASE,
6248 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211,
6249 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN,
6250 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023,
6251 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN,
6252 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_CONNECTION,
6253 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_MATCH,
6254 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_CONNLOST,
6255 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_NOMORETOKENS,
6256 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT,
6257 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT_RESULTS,
6258 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_UNPROTECTED_DEAUTH_DISASSOC,
6259
6260 /* keep last */
6261 NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG,
6262 MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG = NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG - 1
6263};
6264
6265/**
6266 * DOC: TCP connection wakeup
6267 *
6268 * Some devices can establish a TCP connection in order to be woken up by a
6269 * packet coming in from outside their network segment, or behind NAT. If
6270 * configured, the device will establish a TCP connection to the given
6271 * service, and periodically send data to that service. The first data
6272 * packet is usually transmitted after SYN/ACK, also ACKing the SYN/ACK.
6273 * The data packets can optionally include a (little endian) sequence
6274 * number (in the TCP payload!) that is generated by the device, and, also
6275 * optionally, a token from a list of tokens. This serves as a keep-alive
6276 * with the service, and for NATed connections, etc.
6277 *
6278 * During this keep-alive period, the server doesn't send any data to the
6279 * client. When receiving data, it is compared against the wakeup pattern
6280 * (and mask) and if it matches, the host is woken up. Similarly, if the
6281 * connection breaks or cannot be established to start with, the host is
6282 * also woken up.
6283 *
6284 * Developer's note: ARP offload is required for this, otherwise TCP
6285 * response packets might not go through correctly.
6286 */
6287
6288/**
6289 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq - WoWLAN TCP data sequence
6290 * @start: starting value
6291 * @offset: offset of sequence number in packet
6292 * @len: length of the sequence value to write, 1 through 4
6293 *
6294 * Note: don't confuse with the TCP sequence number(s), this is for the
6295 * keepalive packet payload. The actual value is written into the packet
6296 * in little endian.
6297 */
6298struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq {
6299 __u32 start, offset, len;
6300};
6301
6302/**
6303 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token - WoWLAN TCP data token config
6304 * @offset: offset of token in packet
6305 * @len: length of each token
6306 * @token_stream: stream of data to be used for the tokens, the length must
6307 * be a multiple of @len for this to make sense
6308 */
6309struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token {
6310 __u32 offset, len;
6311 __u8 token_stream[];
6312};
6313
6314/**
6315 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature - data token features
6316 * @min_len: minimum token length
6317 * @max_len: maximum token length
6318 * @bufsize: total available token buffer size (max size of @token_stream)
6319 */
6320struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature {
6321 __u32 min_len, max_len, bufsize;
6322};
6323
6324/**
6325 * enum nl80211_wowlan_tcp_attrs - WoWLAN TCP connection parameters
6326 * @__NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
6327 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_IPV4: source IPv4 address (in network byte order)
6328 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_IPV4: destination IPv4 address
6329 * (in network byte order)
6330 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_MAC: destination MAC address, this is given because
6331 * route lookup when configured might be invalid by the time we suspend,
6332 * and doing a route lookup when suspending is no longer possible as it
6333 * might require ARP querying.
6334 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_PORT: source port (u16); optional, if not given a
6335 * socket and port will be allocated
6336 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_PORT: destination port (u16)
6337 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD: data packet payload, at least one byte.
6338 * For feature advertising, a u32 attribute holding the maximum length
6339 * of the data payload.
6340 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_SEQ: data packet sequence configuration
6341 * (if desired), a &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq. For feature
6342 * advertising it is just a flag
6343 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_TOKEN: data packet token configuration,
6344 * see &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token and for advertising see
6345 * &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature.
6346 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_INTERVAL: data interval in seconds, maximum
6347 * interval in feature advertising (u32)
6348 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_PAYLOAD: wake packet payload, for advertising a
6349 * u32 attribute holding the maximum length
6350 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_MASK: Wake packet payload mask, not used for
6351 * feature advertising. The mask works like @NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK
6352 * but on the TCP payload only.
6353 * @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP: number of TCP attributes
6354 * @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP: highest attribute number
6355 */
6356enum nl80211_wowlan_tcp_attrs {
6357 __NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_INVALID,
6358 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_IPV4,
6359 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_IPV4,
6360 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_MAC,
6361 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_PORT,
6362 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_PORT,
6363 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD,
6364 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_SEQ,
6365 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_TOKEN,
6366 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_INTERVAL,
6367 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_PAYLOAD,
6368 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_MASK,
6369
6370 /* keep last */
6371 NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP,
6372 MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP = NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP - 1
6373};
6374
6375/**
6376 * struct nl80211_coalesce_rule_support - coalesce rule support information
6377 * @max_rules: maximum number of rules supported
6378 * @pat: packet pattern support information
6379 * @max_delay: maximum supported coalescing delay in msecs
6380 *
6381 * This struct is carried in %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE in the
6382 * capability information given by the kernel to userspace.
6383 */
6384struct nl80211_coalesce_rule_support {
6385 __u32 max_rules;
6386 struct nl80211_pattern_support pat;
6387 __u32 max_delay;
6388} __attribute__((packed));
6389
6390/**
6391 * enum nl80211_attr_coalesce_rule - coalesce rule attribute
6392 * @__NL80211_COALESCE_RULE_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute
6393 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_DELAY: delay in msecs used for packet coalescing
6394 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_CONDITION: condition for packet coalescence,
6395 * see &enum nl80211_coalesce_condition.
6396 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN: packet offset, pattern is matched
6397 * after these fixed number of bytes of received packet
6398 * @NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE: number of attributes
6399 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_MAX: max attribute number
6400 */
6401enum nl80211_attr_coalesce_rule {
6402 __NL80211_COALESCE_RULE_INVALID,
6403 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_DELAY,
6404 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_CONDITION,
6405 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN,
6406
6407 /* keep last */
6408 NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE,
6409 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE - 1
6410};
6411
6412/**
6413 * enum nl80211_coalesce_condition - coalesce rule conditions
6414 * @NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_MATCH: coalesce Rx packets when patterns
6415 * in a rule are matched.
6416 * @NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_NO_MATCH: coalesce Rx packets when patterns
6417 * in a rule are not matched.
6418 */
6419enum nl80211_coalesce_condition {
6420 NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_MATCH,
6421 NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_NO_MATCH
6422};
6423
6424/**
6425 * enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs - limit attributes
6426 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_UNSPEC: (reserved)
6427 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_MAX: maximum number of interfaces that
6428 * can be chosen from this set of interface types (u32)
6429 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_TYPES: nested attribute containing a
6430 * flag attribute for each interface type in this set
6431 * @NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT: number of attributes
6432 * @MAX_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT: highest attribute number
6433 */
6434enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs {
6435 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_UNSPEC,
6436 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_MAX,
6437 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_TYPES,
6438
6439 /* keep last */
6440 NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT,
6441 MAX_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT = NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT - 1
6442};
6443
6444/**
6445 * enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs -- interface combination attributes
6446 *
6447 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_UNSPEC: (reserved)
6448 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_LIMITS: Nested attributes containing the limits
6449 * for given interface types, see &enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs.
6450 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_MAXNUM: u32 attribute giving the total number of
6451 * interfaces that can be created in this group. This number doesn't
6452 * apply to interfaces purely managed in software, which are listed
6453 * in a separate attribute %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACES_SOFTWARE.
6454 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_STA_AP_BI_MATCH: flag attribute specifying that
6455 * beacon intervals within this group must be all the same even for
6456 * infrastructure and AP/GO combinations, i.e. the GO(s) must adopt
6457 * the infrastructure network's beacon interval.
6458 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS: u32 attribute specifying how many
6459 * different channels may be used within this group.
6460 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_WIDTHS: u32 attribute containing the bitmap
6461 * of supported channel widths for radar detection.
6462 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_REGIONS: u32 attribute containing the bitmap
6463 * of supported regulatory regions for radar detection.
6464 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_BI_MIN_GCD: u32 attribute specifying the minimum GCD of
6465 * different beacon intervals supported by all the interface combinations
6466 * in this group (if not present, all beacon intervals be identical).
6467 * @NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB: number of attributes
6468 * @MAX_NL80211_IFACE_COMB: highest attribute number
6469 *
6470 * Examples:
6471 * limits = [ #{STA} <= 1, #{AP} <= 1 ], matching BI, channels = 1, max = 2
6472 * => allows an AP and a STA that must match BIs
6473 *
6474 * numbers = [ #{AP, P2P-GO} <= 8 ], BI min gcd, channels = 1, max = 8,
6475 * => allows 8 of AP/GO that can have BI gcd >= min gcd
6476 *
6477 * numbers = [ #{STA} <= 2 ], channels = 2, max = 2
6478 * => allows two STAs on the same or on different channels
6479 *
6480 * numbers = [ #{STA} <= 1, #{P2P-client,P2P-GO} <= 3 ], max = 4
6481 * => allows a STA plus three P2P interfaces
6482 *
6483 * The list of these four possibilities could completely be contained
6484 * within the %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS attribute to indicate
6485 * that any of these groups must match.
6486 *
6487 * "Combinations" of just a single interface will not be listed here,
6488 * a single interface of any valid interface type is assumed to always
6489 * be possible by itself. This means that implicitly, for each valid
6490 * interface type, the following group always exists:
6491 * numbers = [ #{<type>} <= 1 ], channels = 1, max = 1
6492 */
6493enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs {
6494 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_UNSPEC,
6495 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_LIMITS,
6496 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_MAXNUM,
6497 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_STA_AP_BI_MATCH,
6498 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS,
6499 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_WIDTHS,
6500 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_REGIONS,
6501 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_BI_MIN_GCD,
6502
6503 /* keep last */
6504 NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB,
6505 MAX_NL80211_IFACE_COMB = NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB - 1
6506};
6507
6508
6509/**
6510 * enum nl80211_plink_state - state of a mesh peer link finite state machine
6511 *
6512 * @NL80211_PLINK_LISTEN: initial state, considered the implicit
6513 * state of non-existent mesh peer links
6514 * @NL80211_PLINK_OPN_SNT: mesh plink open frame has been sent to
6515 * this mesh peer
6516 * @NL80211_PLINK_OPN_RCVD: mesh plink open frame has been received
6517 * from this mesh peer
6518 * @NL80211_PLINK_CNF_RCVD: mesh plink confirm frame has been
6519 * received from this mesh peer
6520 * @NL80211_PLINK_ESTAB: mesh peer link is established
6521 * @NL80211_PLINK_HOLDING: mesh peer link is being closed or cancelled
6522 * @NL80211_PLINK_BLOCKED: all frames transmitted from this mesh
6523 * plink are discarded, except for authentication frames
6524 * @NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES: number of peer link states
6525 * @MAX_NL80211_PLINK_STATES: highest numerical value of plink states
6526 */
6527enum nl80211_plink_state {
6528 NL80211_PLINK_LISTEN,
6529 NL80211_PLINK_OPN_SNT,
6530 NL80211_PLINK_OPN_RCVD,
6531 NL80211_PLINK_CNF_RCVD,
6532 NL80211_PLINK_ESTAB,
6533 NL80211_PLINK_HOLDING,
6534 NL80211_PLINK_BLOCKED,
6535
6536 /* keep last */
6537 NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES,
6538 MAX_NL80211_PLINK_STATES = NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES - 1
6539};
6540
6541/**
6542 * enum nl80211_plink_action - actions to perform in mesh peers
6543 *
6544 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_NO_ACTION: perform no action
6545 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_OPEN: start mesh peer link establishment
6546 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK: block traffic from this mesh peer
6547 * @NUM_NL80211_PLINK_ACTIONS: number of possible actions
6548 */
6549enum nl80211_plink_action {
6550 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_NO_ACTION,
6551 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_OPEN,
6552 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK,
6553
6554 NUM_NL80211_PLINK_ACTIONS,
6555};
6556
6557
6558#define NL80211_KCK_LEN 16
6559#define NL80211_KEK_LEN 16
6560#define NL80211_KCK_EXT_LEN 24
6561#define NL80211_KEK_EXT_LEN 32
6562#define NL80211_KCK_EXT_LEN_32 32
6563#define NL80211_REPLAY_CTR_LEN 8
6564
6565/**
6566 * enum nl80211_rekey_data - attributes for GTK rekey offload
6567 * @__NL80211_REKEY_DATA_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
6568 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KEK: key encryption key (binary)
6569 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KCK: key confirmation key (binary)
6570 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_REPLAY_CTR: replay counter (binary)
6571 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_AKM: AKM data (OUI, suite type)
6572 * @NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA: number of rekey attributes (internal)
6573 * @MAX_NL80211_REKEY_DATA: highest rekey attribute (internal)
6574 */
6575enum nl80211_rekey_data {
6576 __NL80211_REKEY_DATA_INVALID,
6577 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KEK,
6578 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KCK,
6579 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_REPLAY_CTR,
6580 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_AKM,
6581
6582 /* keep last */
6583 NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA,
6584 MAX_NL80211_REKEY_DATA = NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA - 1
6585};
6586
6587/**
6588 * enum nl80211_hidden_ssid - values for %NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID
6589 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_NOT_IN_USE: do not hide SSID (i.e., broadcast it in
6590 * Beacon frames)
6591 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN: hide SSID by using zero-length SSID element
6592 * in Beacon frames
6593 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS: hide SSID by using correct length of SSID
6594 * element in Beacon frames but zero out each byte in the SSID
6595 */
6596enum nl80211_hidden_ssid {
6597 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_NOT_IN_USE,
6598 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN,
6599 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS
6600};
6601
6602/**
6603 * enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr - station WME attributes
6604 * @__NL80211_STA_WME_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute
6605 * @NL80211_STA_WME_UAPSD_QUEUES: bitmap of uapsd queues. the format
6606 * is the same as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field.
6607 * @NL80211_STA_WME_MAX_SP: max service period. the format is the same
6608 * as the MAX_SP field in the QoS info field (but already shifted down).
6609 * @__NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST: internal
6610 * @NL80211_STA_WME_MAX: highest station WME attribute
6611 */
6612enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr {
6613 __NL80211_STA_WME_INVALID,
6614 NL80211_STA_WME_UAPSD_QUEUES,
6615 NL80211_STA_WME_MAX_SP,
6616
6617 /* keep last */
6618 __NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST,
6619 NL80211_STA_WME_MAX = __NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST - 1
6620};
6621
6622/**
6623 * enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr - attributes for PMKSA caching candidates
6624 * @__NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
6625 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INDEX: candidate index (u32; the smaller, the higher
6626 * priority)
6627 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_BSSID: candidate BSSID (6 octets)
6628 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_PREAUTH: RSN pre-authentication supported (flag)
6629 * @NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: number of PMKSA caching candidate attributes
6630 * (internal)
6631 * @MAX_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: highest PMKSA caching candidate attribute
6632 * (internal)
6633 */
6634enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr {
6635 __NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INVALID,
6636 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INDEX,
6637 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_BSSID,
6638 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_PREAUTH,
6639
6640 /* keep last */
6641 NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE,
6642 MAX_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE = NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE - 1
6643};
6644
6645/**
6646 * enum nl80211_tdls_operation - values for %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION
6647 * @NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ: Send a TDLS discovery request
6648 * @NL80211_TDLS_SETUP: Setup TDLS link
6649 * @NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN: Teardown a TDLS link which is already established
6650 * @NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK: Enable TDLS link
6651 * @NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK: Disable TDLS link
6652 */
6653enum nl80211_tdls_operation {
6654 NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ,
6655 NL80211_TDLS_SETUP,
6656 NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN,
6657 NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK,
6658 NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK,
6659};
6660
6661/**
6662 * enum nl80211_ap_sme_features - device-integrated AP features
6663 * @NL80211_AP_SME_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD: SA Query procedures offloaded to driver
6664 * when user space indicates support for SA Query procedures offload during
6665 * "start ap" with %NL80211_AP_SETTINGS_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT.
6666 */
6667enum nl80211_ap_sme_features {
6668 NL80211_AP_SME_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD = 1 << 0,
6669};
6670
6671/**
6672 * enum nl80211_feature_flags - device/driver features
6673 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS: This driver supports reflecting back
6674 * TX status to the socket error queue when requested with the
6675 * socket option.
6676 * @NL80211_FEATURE_HT_IBSS: This driver supports IBSS with HT datarates.
6677 * @NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER: This driver takes care of freeing up
6678 * the connected inactive stations in AP mode.
6679 * @NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS: This driver has been tested
6680 * to work properly to support receiving regulatory hints from
6681 * cellular base stations.
6682 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL: (no longer available, only
6683 * here to reserve the value for API/ABI compatibility)
6684 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SAE: This driver supports simultaneous authentication of
6685 * equals (SAE) with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in station
6686 * mode
6687 * @NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN: This driver supports low priority scan
6688 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH: Scan flush is supported
6689 * @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN: Support scanning using an AP vif
6690 * @NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER: The driver supports per-vif TX power setting
6691 * @NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN: The driver expects userspace to perform
6692 * OBSS scans and generate 20/40 BSS coex reports. This flag is used only
6693 * for drivers implementing the CONNECT API, for AUTH/ASSOC it is implied.
6694 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN: P2P GO implementation supports CT Window
6695 * setting
6696 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS: P2P GO implementation supports opportunistic
6697 * powersave
6698 * @NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE: The driver supports full state
6699 * transitions for AP clients. Without this flag (and if the driver
6700 * doesn't have the AP SME in the device) the driver supports adding
6701 * stations only when they're associated and adds them in associated
6702 * state (to later be transitioned into authorized), with this flag
6703 * they should be added before even sending the authentication reply
6704 * and then transitioned into authenticated, associated and authorized
6705 * states using station flags.
6706 * Note that even for drivers that support this, the default is to add
6707 * stations in authenticated/associated state, so to add unauthenticated
6708 * stations the authenticated/associated bits have to be set in the mask.
6709 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS: cfg80211 advertises channel limits
6710 * (HT40, VHT 80/160 MHz) if this flag is set
6711 * @NL80211_FEATURE_USERSPACE_MPM: This driver supports a userspace Mesh
6712 * Peering Management entity which may be implemented by registering for
6713 * beacons or NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE events. The mesh beacon is
6714 * still generated by the driver.
6715 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ACTIVE_MONITOR: This driver supports an active monitor
6716 * interface. An active monitor interface behaves like a normal monitor
6717 * interface, but gets added to the driver. It ensures that incoming
6718 * unicast packets directed at the configured interface address get ACKed.
6719 * @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_MODE_CHAN_WIDTH_CHANGE: This driver supports dynamic
6720 * channel bandwidth change (e.g., HT 20 <-> 40 MHz channel) during the
6721 * lifetime of a BSS.
6722 * @NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES: This device adds a DS Parameter
6723 * Set IE to probe requests.
6724 * @NL80211_FEATURE_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES: This device adds a WFA TPC Report IE
6725 * to probe requests.
6726 * @NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET: This device, in client mode, supports Quiet Period
6727 * requests sent to it by an AP.
6728 * @NL80211_FEATURE_TX_POWER_INSERTION: This device is capable of inserting the
6729 * current tx power value into the TPC Report IE in the spectrum
6730 * management TPC Report action frame, and in the Radio Measurement Link
6731 * Measurement Report action frame.
6732 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION: This driver supports dynamic ACK timeout
6733 * estimation (dynack). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK flag attribute is used
6734 * to enable dynack.
6735 * @NL80211_FEATURE_STATIC_SMPS: Device supports static spatial
6736 * multiplexing powersave, ie. can turn off all but one chain
6737 * even on HT connections that should be using more chains.
6738 * @NL80211_FEATURE_DYNAMIC_SMPS: Device supports dynamic spatial
6739 * multiplexing powersave, ie. can turn off all but one chain
6740 * and then wake the rest up as required after, for example,
6741 * rts/cts handshake.
6742 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SUPPORTS_WMM_ADMISSION: the device supports setting up WMM
6743 * TSPEC sessions (TID aka TSID 0-7) with the %NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS
6744 * command. Standard IEEE 802.11 TSPEC setup is not yet supported, it
6745 * needs to be able to handle Block-Ack agreements and other things.
6746 * @NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE: Device supports configuring
6747 * the vif's MAC address upon creation.
6748 * See 'macaddr' field in the vif_params (cfg80211.h).
6749 * @NL80211_FEATURE_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Driver supports channel switching when
6750 * operating as a TDLS peer.
6751 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports using a
6752 * random MAC address during scan (if the device is unassociated); the
6753 * %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR flag may be set for scans and the MAC
6754 * address mask/value will be used.
6755 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports
6756 * using a random MAC address for every scan iteration during scheduled
6757 * scan (while not associated), the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR may
6758 * be set for scheduled scan and the MAC address mask/value will be used.
6759 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ND_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports using a
6760 * random MAC address for every scan iteration during "net detect", i.e.
6761 * scan in unassociated WoWLAN, the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR may
6762 * be set for scheduled scan and the MAC address mask/value will be used.
6763 */
6764enum nl80211_feature_flags {
6765 NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS = 1 << 0,
6766 NL80211_FEATURE_HT_IBSS = 1 << 1,
6767 NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER = 1 << 2,
6768 NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS = 1 << 3,
6769 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL = 1 << 4,
6770 NL80211_FEATURE_SAE = 1 << 5,
6771 NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN = 1 << 6,
6772 NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH = 1 << 7,
6773 NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN = 1 << 8,
6774 NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER = 1 << 9,
6775 NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN = 1 << 10,
6776 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN = 1 << 11,
6777 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS = 1 << 12,
6778 /* bit 13 is reserved */
6779 NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS = 1 << 14,
6780 NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE = 1 << 15,
6781 NL80211_FEATURE_USERSPACE_MPM = 1 << 16,
6782 NL80211_FEATURE_ACTIVE_MONITOR = 1 << 17,
6783 NL80211_FEATURE_AP_MODE_CHAN_WIDTH_CHANGE = 1 << 18,
6784 NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES = 1 << 19,
6785 NL80211_FEATURE_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES = 1 << 20,
6786 NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET = 1 << 21,
6787 NL80211_FEATURE_TX_POWER_INSERTION = 1 << 22,
6788 NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION = 1 << 23,
6789 NL80211_FEATURE_STATIC_SMPS = 1 << 24,
6790 NL80211_FEATURE_DYNAMIC_SMPS = 1 << 25,
6791 NL80211_FEATURE_SUPPORTS_WMM_ADMISSION = 1 << 26,
6792 NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE = 1 << 27,
6793 NL80211_FEATURE_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH = 1 << 28,
6794 NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1 << 29,
6795 NL80211_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1 << 30,
6796 NL80211_FEATURE_ND_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1U << 31,
6797};
6798
6799/**
6800 * enum nl80211_ext_feature_index - bit index of extended features.
6801 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS: This driver supports IBSS with VHT datarates.
6802 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM: This driver supports RRM. When featured, user can
6803 * request to use RRM (see %NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM) with
6804 * %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests, which will set
6805 * the ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM flag in the association request even if
6806 * NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET is not advertised.
6807 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MU_MIMO_AIR_SNIFFER: This device supports MU-MIMO air
6808 * sniffer which means that it can be configured to hear packets from
6809 * certain groups which can be configured by the
6810 * %NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA attribute,
6811 * or can be configured to follow a station by configuring the
6812 * %NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR attribute.
6813 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_START_TIME: This driver includes the actual
6814 * time the scan started in scan results event. The time is the TSF of
6815 * the BSS that the interface that requested the scan is connected to
6816 * (if available).
6817 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_PARENT_TSF: Per BSS, this driver reports the
6818 * time the last beacon/probe was received. For a non-MLO connection, the
6819 * time is the TSF of the BSS that the interface that requested the scan is
6820 * connected to (if available). For an MLO connection, the time is the TSF
6821 * of the BSS corresponding with link ID specified in the scan request (if
6822 * specified).
6823 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SET_SCAN_DWELL: This driver supports configuration of
6824 * channel dwell time.
6825 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY: Driver supports beacon rate
6826 * configuration (AP/mesh), supporting a legacy (non-HT/VHT) rate.
6827 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT: Driver supports beacon rate
6828 * configuration (AP/mesh) with HT rates.
6829 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT: Driver supports beacon rate
6830 * configuration (AP/mesh) with VHT rates.
6831 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_STA: This driver supports Fast Initial Link Setup
6832 * with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in station mode.
6833 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA: This driver supports randomized TA
6834 * in @NL80211_CMD_FRAME while not associated.
6835 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA_CONNECTED: This driver supports
6836 * randomized TA in @NL80211_CMD_FRAME while associated.
6837 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI: The driver supports sched_scan
6838 * for reporting BSSs with better RSSI than the current connected BSS
6839 * (%NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI).
6840 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST: With this driver the
6841 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD attribute accepts a list of zero or more
6842 * RSSI threshold values to monitor rather than exactly one threshold.
6843 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD: Driver SME supports FILS shared key
6844 * authentication with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
6845 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK: Device wants to do 4-way
6846 * handshake with PSK in station mode (PSK is passed as part of the connect
6847 * and associate commands), doing it in the host might not be supported.
6848 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X: Device wants to do doing 4-way
6849 * handshake with 802.1X in station mode (will pass EAP frames to the host
6850 * and accept the set_pmk/del_pmk commands), doing it in the host might not
6851 * be supported.
6852 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME: Driver is capable of overriding
6853 * the max channel attribute in the FILS request params IE with the
6854 * actual dwell time.
6855 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: Driver accepts broadcast probe
6856 * response
6857 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE: Driver supports sending
6858 * the first probe request in each channel at rate of at least 5.5Mbps.
6859 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION: Driver supports
6860 * probe request tx deferral and suppression
6861 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MFP_OPTIONAL: Driver supports the %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL
6862 * value in %NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP.
6863 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_SPAN_SCAN: Driver supports low span scan.
6864 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_POWER_SCAN: Driver supports low power scan.
6865 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_HIGH_ACCURACY_SCAN: Driver supports high accuracy scan.
6866 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD: HW/driver will offload DFS actions.
6867 * Device or driver will do all DFS-related actions by itself,
6868 * informing user-space about CAC progress, radar detection event,
6869 * channel change triggered by radar detection event.
6870 * No need to start CAC from user-space, no need to react to
6871 * "radar detected" event.
6872 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211: Driver supports sending and
6873 * receiving control port frames over nl80211 instead of the netdevice.
6874 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT: This driver/device supports
6875 * (average) ACK signal strength reporting.
6876 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DATA_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT: Backward-compatible ID
6877 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_TXQS: Driver supports FQ-CoDel-enabled intermediate
6878 * TXQs.
6879 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_SN: Driver/device supports randomizing the
6880 * SN in probe request frames if requested by %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN.
6881 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT: Driver/device can omit all data
6882 * except for supported rates from the probe request content if requested
6883 * by the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT flag.
6884 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ENABLE_FTM_RESPONDER: Driver supports enabling fine
6885 * timing measurement responder role.
6886 *
6887 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CAN_REPLACE_PTK0: Driver/device confirm that they are
6888 * able to rekey an in-use key correctly. Userspace must not rekey PTK keys
6889 * if this flag is not set. Ignoring this can leak clear text packets and/or
6890 * freeze the connection.
6891 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID: Driver supports "Extended Key ID for
6892 * Individually Addressed Frames" from IEEE802.11-2016.
6893 *
6894 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AIRTIME_FAIRNESS: Driver supports getting airtime
6895 * fairness for transmitted packets and has enabled airtime fairness
6896 * scheduling.
6897 *
6898 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AP_PMKSA_CACHING: Driver/device supports PMKSA caching
6899 * (set/del PMKSA operations) in AP mode.
6900 *
6901 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_BAND_SPECIFIC_RSSI_THOLD: Obsolete
6902 *
6903 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_STA_TX_PWR: This driver supports controlling tx power
6904 * to a station.
6905 *
6906 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD: Device wants to do SAE authentication in
6907 * station mode (SAE password is passed as part of the connect command).
6908 *
6909 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VLAN_OFFLOAD: The driver supports a single netdev
6910 * with VLAN tagged frames and separate VLAN-specific netdevs added using
6911 * vconfig similarly to the Ethernet case.
6912 *
6913 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AQL: The driver supports the Airtime Queue Limit (AQL)
6914 * feature, which prevents bufferbloat by using the expected transmission
6915 * time to limit the amount of data buffered in the hardware.
6916 *
6917 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION: The driver supports Beacon protection
6918 * and can receive key configuration for BIGTK using key indexes 6 and 7.
6919 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION_CLIENT: The driver supports Beacon
6920 * protection as a client only and cannot transmit protected beacons.
6921 *
6922 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH: The driver can disable the
6923 * forwarding of preauth frames over the control port. They are then
6924 * handled as ordinary data frames.
6925 *
6926 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROTECTED_TWT: Driver supports protected TWT frames
6927 *
6928 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DEL_IBSS_STA: The driver supports removing stations
6929 * in IBSS mode, essentially by dropping their state.
6930 *
6931 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MULTICAST_REGISTRATIONS: management frame registrations
6932 * are possible for multicast frames and those will be reported properly.
6933 *
6934 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ: This driver supports receiving and
6935 * reporting scan request with %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ. In order to
6936 * report %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ, %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FREQ_KHZ must be
6937 * included in the scan request.
6938 *
6939 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211_TX_STATUS: The driver
6940 * can report tx status for control port over nl80211 tx operations.
6941 *
6942 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OPERATING_CHANNEL_VALIDATION: Driver supports Operating
6943 * Channel Validation (OCV) when using driver's SME for RSNA handshakes.
6944 *
6945 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_AP_PSK: Device wants to do 4-way
6946 * handshake with PSK in AP mode (PSK is passed as part of the start AP
6947 * command).
6948 *
6949 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD_AP: Device wants to do SAE authentication
6950 * in AP mode (SAE password is passed as part of the start AP command).
6951 *
6952 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_DISCOVERY: Driver/device supports FILS discovery
6953 * frames transmission
6954 *
6955 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: Driver/device supports
6956 * unsolicited broadcast probe response transmission
6957 *
6958 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HE: Driver supports beacon rate
6959 * configuration (AP/mesh) with HE rates.
6960 *
6961 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_LTF: Device supports secure LTF measurement
6962 * exchange protocol.
6963 *
6964 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_RTT: Device supports secure RTT measurement
6965 * exchange protocol.
6966 *
6967 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROT_RANGE_NEGO_AND_MEASURE: Device supports management
6968 * frame protection for all management frames exchanged during the
6969 * negotiation and range measurement procedure.
6970 *
6971 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_COLOR: The driver supports BSS color collision
6972 * detection and change announcemnts.
6973 *
6974 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_CRYPTO_OFFLOAD: Driver running in AP mode supports
6975 * FILS encryption and decryption for (Re)Association Request and Response
6976 * frames. Userspace has to share FILS AAD details to the driver by using
6977 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_FILS_AAD.
6978 *
6979 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RADAR_BACKGROUND: Device supports background radar/CAC
6980 * detection.
6981 *
6982 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_POWERED_ADDR_CHANGE: Device can perform a MAC address
6983 * change without having to bring the underlying network device down
6984 * first. For example, in station mode this can be used to vary the
6985 * origin MAC address prior to a connection to a new AP for privacy
6986 * or other reasons. Note that certain driver specific restrictions
6987 * might apply, e.g. no scans in progress, no offchannel operations
6988 * in progress, and no active connections.
6989 *
6990 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PUNCT: Driver supports preamble puncturing in AP mode.
6991 *
6992 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_NAN: Device supports NAN Pairing which enables
6993 * authentication, data encryption and message integrity.
6994 *
6995 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AUTH_AND_DEAUTH_RANDOM_TA: Device supports randomized TA
6996 * in authentication and deauthentication frames sent to unassociated peer
6997 * using @NL80211_CMD_FRAME.
6998 *
6999 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OWE_OFFLOAD: Driver/Device wants to do OWE DH IE
7000 * handling in station mode.
7001 *
7002 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OWE_OFFLOAD_AP: Driver/Device wants to do OWE DH IE
7003 * handling in AP mode.
7004 *
7005 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_CONCURRENT: The device supports peer-to-peer or
7006 * ad hoc operation on DFS channels under the control of a concurrent
7007 * DFS master on the same channel as described in FCC-594280 D01
7008 * (Section B.3). This, for example, allows P2P GO and P2P clients to
7009 * operate on DFS channels as long as there's a concurrent BSS connection.
7010 *
7011 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SPP_AMSDU_SUPPORT: The driver has support for SPP
7012 * (signaling and payload protected) A-MSDUs and this shall be advertised
7013 * in the RSNXE.
7014 *
7015 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_EHT: Driver supports beacon rate
7016 * configuration (AP/mesh) with EHT rates.
7017 *
7018 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EPPKE: Driver supports Enhanced Privacy Protection
7019 * Key Exchange (EPPKE) with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE)
7020 * in non-AP STA mode.
7021 *
7022 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ASSOC_FRAME_ENCRYPTION: This specifies that the
7023 * driver supports encryption of (Re)Association Request and Response
7024 * frames in both non‑AP STA and AP mode as specified in
7025 * "IEEE P802.11bi/D3.0, 12.16.6".
7026 *
7027 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_IEEE8021X_AUTH: Driver supports IEEE 802.1X
7028 * authentication utilizing Authentication frames with user space SME
7029 * (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in non-AP STA mode, as specified in
7030 * "IEEE P802.11bi/D4.0, 12.16.5".
7031 *
7032 * @NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES: number of extended features.
7033 * @MAX_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES: highest extended feature index.
7034 */
7035enum nl80211_ext_feature_index {
7036 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS,
7037 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM,
7038 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MU_MIMO_AIR_SNIFFER,
7039 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_START_TIME,
7040 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_PARENT_TSF,
7041 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SET_SCAN_DWELL,
7042 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY,
7043 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT,
7044 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT,
7045 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_STA,
7046 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA,
7047 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA_CONNECTED,
7048 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI,
7049 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST,
7050 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD,
7051 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK,
7052 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X,
7053 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME,
7054 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP,
7055 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE,
7056 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION,
7057 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MFP_OPTIONAL,
7058 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_SPAN_SCAN,
7059 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_POWER_SCAN,
7060 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_HIGH_ACCURACY_SCAN,
7061 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD,
7062 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211,
7063 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT,
7064 /* we renamed this - stay compatible */
7065 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DATA_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT = NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT,
7066 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_TXQS,
7067 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_SN,
7068 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT,
7069 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CAN_REPLACE_PTK0,
7070 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ENABLE_FTM_RESPONDER,
7071 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AIRTIME_FAIRNESS,
7072 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AP_PMKSA_CACHING,
7073 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_BAND_SPECIFIC_RSSI_THOLD, /* obsolete */
7074 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID,
7075 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_STA_TX_PWR,
7076 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD,
7077 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VLAN_OFFLOAD,
7078 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AQL,
7079 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION,
7080 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH,
7081 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROTECTED_TWT,
7082 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DEL_IBSS_STA,
7083 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MULTICAST_REGISTRATIONS,
7084 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION_CLIENT,
7085 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ,
7086 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211_TX_STATUS,
7087 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OPERATING_CHANNEL_VALIDATION,
7088 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_AP_PSK,
7089 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD_AP,
7090 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_DISCOVERY,
7091 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP,
7092 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HE,
7093 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_LTF,
7094 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_RTT,
7095 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROT_RANGE_NEGO_AND_MEASURE,
7096 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_COLOR,
7097 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_CRYPTO_OFFLOAD,
7098 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RADAR_BACKGROUND,
7099 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_POWERED_ADDR_CHANGE,
7100 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PUNCT,
7101 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_NAN,
7102 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AUTH_AND_DEAUTH_RANDOM_TA,
7103 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OWE_OFFLOAD,
7104 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OWE_OFFLOAD_AP,
7105 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_CONCURRENT,
7106 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SPP_AMSDU_SUPPORT,
7107 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_EHT,
7108 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EPPKE,
7109 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ASSOC_FRAME_ENCRYPTION,
7110 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_IEEE8021X_AUTH,
7111
7112 /* add new features before the definition below */
7113 NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES,
7114 MAX_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES = NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES - 1
7115};
7116
7117/**
7118 * enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr - optional supported
7119 * protocols for probe-response offloading by the driver/FW.
7120 * To be used with the %NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD attribute.
7121 * Each enum value represents a bit in the bitmap of supported
7122 * protocols. Typically a subset of probe-requests belonging to a
7123 * supported protocol will be excluded from offload and uploaded
7124 * to the host.
7125 *
7126 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS: Support for WPS ver. 1
7127 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS2: Support for WPS ver. 2
7128 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_P2P: Support for P2P
7129 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_80211U: Support for 802.11u
7130 */
7131enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr {
7132 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS = 1<<0,
7133 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS2 = 1<<1,
7134 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_P2P = 1<<2,
7135 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_80211U = 1<<3,
7136};
7137
7138/**
7139 * enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason - connection request failed reasons
7140 * @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS: Maximum number of clients that can be
7141 * handled by the AP is reached.
7142 * @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT: Connection request is rejected due to ACL.
7143 */
7144enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason {
7145 NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS,
7146 NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT,
7147};
7148
7149/**
7150 * enum nl80211_timeout_reason - timeout reasons
7151 *
7152 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED: Timeout reason unspecified.
7153 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_SCAN: Scan (AP discovery) timed out.
7154 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_AUTH: Authentication timed out.
7155 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_ASSOC: Association timed out.
7156 */
7157enum nl80211_timeout_reason {
7158 NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED,
7159 NL80211_TIMEOUT_SCAN,
7160 NL80211_TIMEOUT_AUTH,
7161 NL80211_TIMEOUT_ASSOC,
7162};
7163
7164/**
7165 * enum nl80211_scan_flags - scan request control flags
7166 *
7167 * Scan request control flags are used to control the handling
7168 * of NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN
7169 * requests.
7170 *
7171 * NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN, NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER, and
7172 * NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY flags are exclusive of each other, i.e., only
7173 * one of them can be used in the request.
7174 *
7175 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY: scan request has low priority
7176 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH: flush cache before scanning
7177 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP: force a scan even if the interface is configured
7178 * as AP and the beaconing has already been configured. This attribute is
7179 * dangerous because will destroy stations performance as a lot of frames
7180 * will be lost while scanning off-channel, therefore it must be used only
7181 * when really needed
7182 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR: use a random MAC address for this scan (or
7183 * for scheduled scan: a different one for every scan iteration). When the
7184 * flag is set, depending on device capabilities the @NL80211_ATTR_MAC and
7185 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK attributes may also be given in which case only
7186 * the masked bits will be preserved from the MAC address and the remainder
7187 * randomised. If the attributes are not given full randomisation (46 bits,
7188 * locally administered 1, multicast 0) is assumed.
7189 * This flag must not be requested when the feature isn't supported, check
7190 * the nl80211 feature flags for the device.
7191 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME: fill the dwell time in the FILS
7192 * request parameters IE in the probe request
7193 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: accept broadcast probe responses
7194 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE: send probe request frames at
7195 * rate of at least 5.5M. In case non-OCE AP is discovered in the channel,
7196 * only the first probe req in the channel will be sent in high rate.
7197 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION: allow probe request
7198 * tx deferral (dot11FILSProbeDelay shall be set to 15ms)
7199 * and suppression (if it has received a broadcast Probe Response frame,
7200 * Beacon frame or FILS Discovery frame from an AP that the STA considers
7201 * a suitable candidate for (re-)association - suitable in terms of
7202 * SSID and/or RSSI.
7203 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN: Span corresponds to the total time taken to
7204 * accomplish the scan. Thus, this flag intends the driver to perform the
7205 * scan request with lesser span/duration. It is specific to the driver
7206 * implementations on how this is accomplished. Scan accuracy may get
7207 * impacted with this flag.
7208 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER: This flag intends the scan attempts to consume
7209 * optimal possible power. Drivers can resort to their specific means to
7210 * optimize the power. Scan accuracy may get impacted with this flag.
7211 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY: Accuracy here intends to the extent of scan
7212 * results obtained. Thus HIGH_ACCURACY scan flag aims to get maximum
7213 * possible scan results. This flag hints the driver to use the best
7214 * possible scan configuration to improve the accuracy in scanning.
7215 * Latency and power use may get impacted with this flag.
7216 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN: randomize the sequence number in probe
7217 * request frames from this scan to avoid correlation/tracking being
7218 * possible.
7219 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT: minimize probe request content to
7220 * only have supported rates and no additional capabilities (unless
7221 * added by userspace explicitly.)
7222 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FREQ_KHZ: report scan results with
7223 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ. This also means
7224 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES will not be included.
7225 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_COLOCATED_6GHZ: scan for collocated APs reported by
7226 * 2.4/5 GHz APs. When the flag is set, the scan logic will use the
7227 * information from the RNR element found in beacons/probe responses
7228 * received on the 2.4/5 GHz channels to actively scan only the 6GHz
7229 * channels on which APs are expected to be found. Note that when not set,
7230 * the scan logic would scan all 6GHz channels, but since transmission of
7231 * probe requests on non-PSC channels is limited, it is highly likely that
7232 * these channels would passively be scanned. Also note that when the flag
7233 * is set, in addition to the colocated APs, PSC channels would also be
7234 * scanned if the user space has asked for it.
7235 */
7236enum nl80211_scan_flags {
7237 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY = 1<<0,
7238 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH = 1<<1,
7239 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP = 1<<2,
7240 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR = 1<<3,
7241 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME = 1<<4,
7242 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP = 1<<5,
7243 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE = 1<<6,
7244 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION = 1<<7,
7245 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN = 1<<8,
7246 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER = 1<<9,
7247 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY = 1<<10,
7248 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN = 1<<11,
7249 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT = 1<<12,
7250 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FREQ_KHZ = 1<<13,
7251 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_COLOCATED_6GHZ = 1<<14,
7252};
7253
7254/**
7255 * enum nl80211_acl_policy - access control policy
7256 *
7257 * Access control policy is applied on a MAC list set by
7258 * %NL80211_CMD_START_AP and %NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL, to
7259 * be used with %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY.
7260 *
7261 * @NL80211_ACL_POLICY_ACCEPT_UNLESS_LISTED: Deny stations which are
7262 * listed in ACL, i.e. allow all the stations which are not listed
7263 * in ACL to authenticate.
7264 * @NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED: Allow the stations which are listed
7265 * in ACL, i.e. deny all the stations which are not listed in ACL.
7266 */
7267enum nl80211_acl_policy {
7268 NL80211_ACL_POLICY_ACCEPT_UNLESS_LISTED,
7269 NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED,
7270};
7271
7272/**
7273 * enum nl80211_smps_mode - SMPS mode
7274 *
7275 * Requested SMPS mode (for AP mode)
7276 *
7277 * @NL80211_SMPS_OFF: SMPS off (use all antennas).
7278 * @NL80211_SMPS_STATIC: static SMPS (use a single antenna)
7279 * @NL80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC: dynamic smps (start with a single antenna and
7280 * turn on other antennas after CTS/RTS).
7281 * @__NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST: internal
7282 * @NL80211_SMPS_MAX: highest used enumeration
7283 */
7284enum nl80211_smps_mode {
7285 NL80211_SMPS_OFF,
7286 NL80211_SMPS_STATIC,
7287 NL80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC,
7288
7289 __NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST,
7290 NL80211_SMPS_MAX = __NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST - 1
7291};
7292
7293/**
7294 * enum nl80211_radar_event - type of radar event for DFS operation
7295 *
7296 * Type of event to be used with NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT to inform userspace
7297 * about detected radars or success of the channel available check (CAC)
7298 *
7299 * @NL80211_RADAR_DETECTED: A radar pattern has been detected. The channel is
7300 * now unusable.
7301 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_FINISHED: Channel Availability Check has been finished,
7302 * the channel is now available.
7303 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_ABORTED: Channel Availability Check has been aborted, no
7304 * change to the channel status.
7305 * @NL80211_RADAR_NOP_FINISHED: The Non-Occupancy Period for this channel is
7306 * over, channel becomes usable.
7307 * @NL80211_RADAR_PRE_CAC_EXPIRED: Channel Availability Check done on this
7308 * non-operating channel is expired and no longer valid. New CAC must
7309 * be done on this channel before starting the operation. This is not
7310 * applicable for ETSI dfs domain where pre-CAC is valid for ever.
7311 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_STARTED: Channel Availability Check has been started,
7312 * should be generated by HW if NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD is enabled.
7313 */
7314enum nl80211_radar_event {
7315 NL80211_RADAR_DETECTED,
7316 NL80211_RADAR_CAC_FINISHED,
7317 NL80211_RADAR_CAC_ABORTED,
7318 NL80211_RADAR_NOP_FINISHED,
7319 NL80211_RADAR_PRE_CAC_EXPIRED,
7320 NL80211_RADAR_CAC_STARTED,
7321};
7322
7323/**
7324 * enum nl80211_dfs_state - DFS states for channels
7325 *
7326 * Channel states used by the DFS code.
7327 *
7328 * @NL80211_DFS_USABLE: The channel can be used, but channel availability
7329 * check (CAC) must be performed before using it for AP or IBSS.
7330 * @NL80211_DFS_UNAVAILABLE: A radar has been detected on this channel, it
7331 * is therefore marked as not available.
7332 * @NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE: The channel has been CAC checked and is available.
7333 */
7334enum nl80211_dfs_state {
7335 NL80211_DFS_USABLE,
7336 NL80211_DFS_UNAVAILABLE,
7337 NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE,
7338};
7339
7340/**
7341 * enum nl80211_protocol_features - nl80211 protocol features
7342 * @NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP: nl80211 supports splitting
7343 * wiphy dumps (if requested by the application with the attribute
7344 * %NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP. Also supported is filtering the
7345 * wiphy dump by %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX or
7346 * %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV.
7347 */
7348enum nl80211_protocol_features {
7349 NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP = 1 << 0,
7350};
7351
7352/**
7353 * enum nl80211_crit_proto_id - nl80211 critical protocol identifiers
7354 *
7355 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_UNSPEC: protocol unspecified.
7356 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_DHCP: BOOTP or DHCPv6 protocol.
7357 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_EAPOL: EAPOL protocol.
7358 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_APIPA: APIPA protocol.
7359 * @NUM_NL80211_CRIT_PROTO: must be kept last.
7360 */
7361enum nl80211_crit_proto_id {
7362 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_UNSPEC,
7363 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_DHCP,
7364 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_EAPOL,
7365 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_APIPA,
7366 /* add other protocols before this one */
7367 NUM_NL80211_CRIT_PROTO
7368};
7369
7370/* maximum duration for critical protocol measures */
7371#define NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_MAX_DURATION 5000 /* msec */
7372
7373/**
7374 * enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags - flags for received management frame.
7375 *
7376 * Used by cfg80211_rx_mgmt()
7377 *
7378 * @NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED: frame was answered by device/driver.
7379 * @NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_EXTERNAL_AUTH: Host driver intends to offload
7380 * the authentication. Exclusively defined for host drivers that
7381 * advertises the SME functionality but would like the userspace
7382 * to handle certain authentication algorithms (e.g. SAE).
7383 */
7384enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags {
7385 NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED = 1 << 0,
7386 NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_EXTERNAL_AUTH = 1 << 1,
7387};
7388
7389/*
7390 * If this flag is unset, the lower 24 bits are an OUI, if set
7391 * a Linux nl80211 vendor ID is used (no such IDs are allocated
7392 * yet, so that's not valid so far)
7393 */
7394#define NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX 0x80000000
7395
7396/**
7397 * struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info - vendor command data
7398 * @vendor_id: If the %NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX flag is clear, then the
7399 * value is a 24-bit OUI; if it is set then a separately allocated ID
7400 * may be used, but no such IDs are allocated yet. New IDs should be
7401 * added to this file when needed.
7402 * @subcmd: sub-command ID for the command
7403 */
7404struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info {
7405 __u32 vendor_id;
7406 __u32 subcmd;
7407};
7408
7409/**
7410 * enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability - TDLS peer flags.
7411 *
7412 * Used by tdls_mgmt() to determine which conditional elements need
7413 * to be added to TDLS Setup frames.
7414 *
7415 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HT: TDLS peer is HT capable.
7416 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_VHT: TDLS peer is VHT capable.
7417 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_WMM: TDLS peer is WMM capable.
7418 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HE: TDLS peer is HE capable.
7419 */
7420enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability {
7421 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HT = 1<<0,
7422 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_VHT = 1<<1,
7423 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_WMM = 1<<2,
7424 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HE = 1<<3,
7425};
7426
7427/**
7428 * enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan - scanning plan for scheduled scan
7429 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
7430 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL: interval between scan iterations. In
7431 * seconds (u32).
7432 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS: number of scan iterations in this
7433 * scan plan (u32). The last scan plan must not specify this attribute
7434 * because it will run infinitely. A value of zero is invalid as it will
7435 * make the scan plan meaningless.
7436 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_MAX: highest scheduled scan plan attribute number
7437 * currently defined
7438 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST: internal use
7439 */
7440enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan {
7441 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INVALID,
7442 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL,
7443 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS,
7444
7445 /* keep last */
7446 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST,
7447 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_MAX =
7448 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST - 1
7449};
7450
7451/**
7452 * struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust - RSSI adjustment parameters.
7453 *
7454 * @band: band of BSS that must match for RSSI value adjustment. The value
7455 * of this field is according to &enum nl80211_band.
7456 * @delta: value used to adjust the RSSI value of matching BSS in dB.
7457 */
7458struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust {
7459 __u8 band;
7460 __s8 delta;
7461} __attribute__((packed));
7462
7463/**
7464 * enum nl80211_bss_select_attr - attributes for bss selection.
7465 *
7466 * @__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_INVALID: reserved.
7467 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI: Flag indicating only RSSI-based BSS selection
7468 * is requested.
7469 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF: attribute indicating BSS
7470 * selection should be done such that the specified band is preferred.
7471 * When there are multiple BSS-es in the preferred band, the driver
7472 * shall use RSSI-based BSS selection as a second step. The value of
7473 * this attribute is according to &enum nl80211_band (u32).
7474 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for
7475 * BSS-es in the specified band is to be adjusted before doing
7476 * RSSI-based BSS selection. The attribute value is a packed structure
7477 * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust.
7478 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_MAX: highest bss select attribute number.
7479 * @__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use.
7480 *
7481 * One and only one of these attributes are found within %NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT
7482 * for %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. It specifies the required BSS selection behaviour
7483 * which the driver shall use.
7484 */
7485enum nl80211_bss_select_attr {
7486 __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_INVALID,
7487 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI,
7488 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF,
7489 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST,
7490
7491 /* keep last */
7492 __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
7493 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
7494};
7495
7496/**
7497 * enum nl80211_nan_function_type - NAN function type
7498 *
7499 * Defines the function type of a NAN function
7500 *
7501 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH: function is publish
7502 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE: function is subscribe
7503 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP: function is follow-up
7504 * @__NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST: internal use
7505 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_MAX_TYPE: internal use
7506 */
7507enum nl80211_nan_function_type {
7508 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH,
7509 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE,
7510 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP,
7511
7512 /* keep last */
7513 __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST,
7514 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_MAX_TYPE = __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST - 1,
7515};
7516
7517/**
7518 * enum nl80211_nan_publish_type - NAN publish tx type
7519 *
7520 * Defines how to send publish Service Discovery Frames
7521 *
7522 * @NL80211_NAN_SOLICITED_PUBLISH: publish function is solicited
7523 * @NL80211_NAN_UNSOLICITED_PUBLISH: publish function is unsolicited
7524 */
7525enum nl80211_nan_publish_type {
7526 NL80211_NAN_SOLICITED_PUBLISH = 1 << 0,
7527 NL80211_NAN_UNSOLICITED_PUBLISH = 1 << 1,
7528};
7529
7530/**
7531 * enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason - NAN functions termination reason
7532 *
7533 * Defines termination reasons of a NAN function
7534 *
7535 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST: requested by user
7536 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_TTL_EXPIRED: timeout
7537 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_ERROR: errored
7538 */
7539enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason {
7540 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST,
7541 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_TTL_EXPIRED,
7542 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_ERROR,
7543};
7544
7545#define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID_LEN 6
7546#define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_SPEC_INFO_MAX_LEN 0xff
7547#define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF_MAX_LEN 0xff
7548
7549/**
7550 * enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes - NAN function attributes
7551 * @__NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INVALID: invalid
7552 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE: &enum nl80211_nan_function_type (u8).
7553 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID: 6 bytes of the service ID hash as
7554 * specified in NAN spec. This is a binary attribute.
7555 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_TYPE: relevant if the function's type is
7556 * publish. Defines the transmission type for the publish Service Discovery
7557 * Frame, see &enum nl80211_nan_publish_type. Its type is u8.
7558 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_BCAST: relevant if the function is a solicited
7559 * publish. Should the solicited publish Service Discovery Frame be sent to
7560 * the NAN Broadcast address. This is a flag.
7561 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE_ACTIVE: relevant if the function's type is
7562 * subscribe. Is the subscribe active. This is a flag.
7563 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_ID: relevant if the function's type is follow up.
7564 * The instance ID for the follow up Service Discovery Frame. This is u8.
7565 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_REQ_ID: relevant if the function's type
7566 * is follow up. This is a u8.
7567 * The requester instance ID for the follow up Service Discovery Frame.
7568 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_DEST: the MAC address of the recipient of the
7569 * follow up Service Discovery Frame. This is a binary attribute.
7570 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_CLOSE_RANGE: is this function limited for devices in a
7571 * close range. The range itself (RSSI) is defined by the device.
7572 * This is a flag.
7573 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TTL: strictly positive number of DWs this function should
7574 * stay active. If not present infinite TTL is assumed. This is a u32.
7575 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_INFO: array of bytes describing the service
7576 * specific info. This is a binary attribute.
7577 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF: Service Receive Filter. This is a nested attribute.
7578 * See &enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes.
7579 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_RX_MATCH_FILTER: Receive Matching filter. This is a nested
7580 * attribute. It is a list of binary values.
7581 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TX_MATCH_FILTER: Transmit Matching filter. This is a
7582 * nested attribute. It is a list of binary values.
7583 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INSTANCE_ID: The instance ID of the function.
7584 * Its type is u8 and it cannot be 0.
7585 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON: NAN function termination reason.
7586 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason.
7587 *
7588 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR: internal
7589 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN function attribute
7590 */
7591enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes {
7592 __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INVALID,
7593 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE,
7594 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID,
7595 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_TYPE,
7596 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_BCAST,
7597 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE_ACTIVE,
7598 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_ID,
7599 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_REQ_ID,
7600 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_DEST,
7601 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_CLOSE_RANGE,
7602 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TTL,
7603 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_INFO,
7604 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF,
7605 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_RX_MATCH_FILTER,
7606 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TX_MATCH_FILTER,
7607 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INSTANCE_ID,
7608 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON,
7609
7610 /* keep last */
7611 NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR,
7612 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR - 1
7613};
7614
7615/**
7616 * enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes - NAN Service Response filter attributes
7617 * @__NL80211_NAN_SRF_INVALID: invalid
7618 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_INCLUDE: present if the include bit of the SRF set.
7619 * This is a flag.
7620 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF: Bloom Filter. Present if and only if
7621 * %NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS isn't present. This attribute is binary.
7622 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF_IDX: index of the Bloom Filter. Mandatory if
7623 * %NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF is present. This is a u8.
7624 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS: list of MAC addresses for the SRF. Present if
7625 * and only if %NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF isn't present. This is a nested
7626 * attribute. Each nested attribute is a MAC address.
7627 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR: internal
7628 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN SRF attribute
7629 */
7630enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes {
7631 __NL80211_NAN_SRF_INVALID,
7632 NL80211_NAN_SRF_INCLUDE,
7633 NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF,
7634 NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF_IDX,
7635 NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS,
7636
7637 /* keep last */
7638 NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR,
7639 NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR - 1,
7640};
7641
7642/**
7643 * enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes - NAN match attributes
7644 * @__NL80211_NAN_MATCH_INVALID: invalid
7645 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_LOCAL: the local function that had the
7646 * match. This is a nested attribute.
7647 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes.
7648 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_PEER: the peer function
7649 * that caused the match. This is a nested attribute.
7650 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes.
7651 *
7652 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR: internal
7653 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN match attribute
7654 */
7655enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes {
7656 __NL80211_NAN_MATCH_INVALID,
7657 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_LOCAL,
7658 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_PEER,
7659
7660 /* keep last */
7661 NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR,
7662 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR - 1
7663};
7664
7665/**
7666 * enum nl80211_nan_band_conf_attributes - NAN band configuration attributes
7667 * @__NL80211_NAN_BAND_CONF_INVALID: Invalid.
7668 * @NL80211_NAN_BAND_CONF_BAND: Band for which the configuration is
7669 * being set. The value is according to &enum nl80211_band (u8).
7670 * @NL80211_NAN_BAND_CONF_FREQ: Discovery frequency. This attribute shall not
7671 * be present on 2.4 GHZ band. On 5 GHz band its presence is optional.
7672 * The allowed values are 5220 (channel 44) or 5745 (channel 149).
7673 * If not present, channel 149 is used if allowed, otherwise channel 44
7674 * will be selected. The value is in MHz (u16).
7675 * @NL80211_NAN_BAND_CONF_RSSI_CLOSE: RSSI close threshold used for NAN state
7676 * transition algorithm as described in chapters 3.3.6 and 3.3.7 "NAN
7677 * Device Role and State Transition" of Wi-Fi Aware (TM) Specification
7678 * v4.0. If not specified, default device value is used. The value should
7679 * be greater than -60 dBm (s8).
7680 * @NL80211_NAN_BAND_CONF_RSSI_MIDDLE: RSSI middle threshold used for NAN state
7681 * transition algorithm as described in chapters 3.3.6 and 3.3.7 "NAN
7682 * Device Role and State Transition" of Wi-Fi Aware (TM) Specification
7683 * v4.0. If not present, default device value is used. The value should be
7684 * greater than -75 dBm and less than %NL80211_NAN_BAND_CONF_RSSI_CLOSE
7685 * (s8).
7686 * @NL80211_NAN_BAND_CONF_WAKE_DW: Committed DW information (values 0-5).
7687 * Value 0 means that the device will not wake up during the
7688 * discovery window. Values 1-5 mean that the device will wake up
7689 * during each 2^(n - 1) discovery window, where n is the value of
7690 * this attribute. Setting this attribute to 0 is not allowed on
7691 * 2.4 GHz band (u8). This is an optional parameter (default is 1).
7692 * @NL80211_NAN_BAND_CONF_DISABLE_SCAN: Optional flag attribute to disable
7693 * scanning (for cluster merge) on the band. If set, the device will not
7694 * scan on this band anymore. Disabling scanning on 2.4 GHz band is not
7695 * allowed.
7696 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_BAND_CONF_ATTR: Internal.
7697 * @NL80211_NAN_BAND_CONF_ATTR_MAX: Highest NAN band configuration attribute.
7698 *
7699 * These attributes are used to configure NAN band-specific parameters. Note,
7700 * that both RSSI attributes should be configured (or both left unset).
7701 */
7702enum nl80211_nan_band_conf_attributes {
7703 __NL80211_NAN_BAND_CONF_INVALID,
7704 NL80211_NAN_BAND_CONF_BAND,
7705 NL80211_NAN_BAND_CONF_FREQ,
7706 NL80211_NAN_BAND_CONF_RSSI_CLOSE,
7707 NL80211_NAN_BAND_CONF_RSSI_MIDDLE,
7708 NL80211_NAN_BAND_CONF_WAKE_DW,
7709 NL80211_NAN_BAND_CONF_DISABLE_SCAN,
7710
7711 /* keep last */
7712 NUM_NL80211_NAN_BAND_CONF_ATTR,
7713 NL80211_NAN_BAND_CONF_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_BAND_CONF_ATTR - 1,
7714};
7715
7716/**
7717 * enum nl80211_nan_conf_attributes - NAN configuration attributes
7718 * @__NL80211_NAN_CONF_INVALID: Invalid attribute, used for validation.
7719 * @NL80211_NAN_CONF_CLUSTER_ID: ID for the NAN cluster. This is a MAC
7720 * address that can take values from 50-6F-9A-01-00-00 to
7721 * 50-6F-9A-01-FF-FF. This attribute is optional. If not present,
7722 * a random Cluster ID will be chosen.
7723 * This attribute will be ignored in NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG
7724 * since after NAN was started, the cluster ID can no longer change.
7725 * @NL80211_NAN_CONF_EXTRA_ATTRS: Additional NAN attributes to be
7726 * published in the beacons. This is an optional byte array.
7727 * @NL80211_NAN_CONF_VENDOR_ELEMS: Vendor-specific elements that will
7728 * be published in the beacons. This is an optional byte array.
7729 * @NL80211_NAN_CONF_BAND_CONFIGS: This is a nested array attribute,
7730 * containing multiple entries for each supported band. Each band
7731 * configuration consists of &enum nl80211_nan_band_conf_attributes.
7732 * @NL80211_NAN_CONF_SCAN_PERIOD: Scan period in seconds. If not configured,
7733 * device default is used. Zero value will disable scanning.
7734 * This is u16 (optional).
7735 * @NL80211_NAN_CONF_SCAN_DWELL_TIME: Scan dwell time in TUs per channel.
7736 * Only non-zero values are valid. If not configured the device default
7737 * value is used. This is u16 (optional)
7738 * @NL80211_NAN_CONF_DISCOVERY_BEACON_INTERVAL: Discovery beacon interval
7739 * in TUs. Valid range is 50-200 TUs. If not configured the device default
7740 * value is used. This is u8 (optional)
7741 * @NL80211_NAN_CONF_NOTIFY_DW: If set, the driver will notify userspace about
7742 * the upcoming discovery window with
7743 * %NL80211_CMD_NAN_NEXT_DW_NOTIFICATION.
7744 * This is a flag attribute.
7745 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_CONF_ATTR: Internal.
7746 * @NL80211_NAN_CONF_ATTR_MAX: Highest NAN configuration attribute.
7747 *
7748 * These attributes are used to configure NAN-specific parameters.
7749 */
7750enum nl80211_nan_conf_attributes {
7751 __NL80211_NAN_CONF_INVALID,
7752 NL80211_NAN_CONF_CLUSTER_ID,
7753 NL80211_NAN_CONF_EXTRA_ATTRS,
7754 NL80211_NAN_CONF_VENDOR_ELEMS,
7755 NL80211_NAN_CONF_BAND_CONFIGS,
7756 NL80211_NAN_CONF_SCAN_PERIOD,
7757 NL80211_NAN_CONF_SCAN_DWELL_TIME,
7758 NL80211_NAN_CONF_DISCOVERY_BEACON_INTERVAL,
7759 NL80211_NAN_CONF_NOTIFY_DW,
7760
7761 /* keep last */
7762 NUM_NL80211_NAN_CONF_ATTR,
7763 NL80211_NAN_CONF_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_CONF_ATTR - 1,
7764};
7765
7766/**
7767 * enum nl80211_external_auth_action - Action to perform with external
7768 * authentication request. Used by NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION.
7769 * @NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_START: Start the authentication.
7770 * @NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ABORT: Abort the ongoing authentication.
7771 */
7772enum nl80211_external_auth_action {
7773 NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_START,
7774 NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ABORT,
7775};
7776
7777/**
7778 * enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attributes - fine timing measurement
7779 * responder attributes
7780 * @__NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
7781 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_ENABLED: FTM responder is enabled
7782 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI: The content of Measurement Report Element
7783 * (9.4.2.22 in 802.11-2016) with type 8 - LCI (9.4.2.22.10),
7784 * i.e. starting with the measurement token
7785 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC: The content of Measurement Report Element
7786 * (9.4.2.22 in 802.11-2016) with type 11 - Civic (Section 9.4.2.22.13),
7787 * i.e. starting with the measurement token
7788 * @__NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST: Internal
7789 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest FTM responder attribute.
7790 */
7791enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attributes {
7792 __NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID,
7793
7794 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_ENABLED,
7795 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI,
7796 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC,
7797
7798 /* keep last */
7799 __NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST,
7800 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST - 1,
7801};
7802
7803/*
7804 * enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats - FTM responder statistics
7805 *
7806 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS
7807 * when getting FTM responder statistics.
7808 *
7809 * @__NL80211_FTM_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
7810 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_SUCCESS_NUM: number of FTM sessions in which all frames
7811 * were ssfully answered (u32)
7812 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_PARTIAL_NUM: number of FTM sessions in which part of the
7813 * frames were successfully answered (u32)
7814 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_FAILED_NUM: number of failed FTM sessions (u32)
7815 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_ASAP_NUM: number of ASAP sessions (u32)
7816 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_NON_ASAP_NUM: number of non-ASAP sessions (u32)
7817 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_TOTAL_DURATION_MSEC: total sessions durations - gives an
7818 * indication of how much time the responder was busy (u64, msec)
7819 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_UNKNOWN_TRIGGERS_NUM: number of unknown FTM triggers -
7820 * triggers from initiators that didn't finish successfully the negotiation
7821 * phase with the responder (u32)
7822 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_RESCHEDULE_REQUESTS_NUM: number of FTM reschedule requests
7823 * - initiator asks for a new scheduling although it already has scheduled
7824 * FTM slot (u32)
7825 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_OUT_OF_WINDOW_TRIGGERS_NUM: number of FTM triggers out of
7826 * scheduled window (u32)
7827 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_PAD: used for padding, ignore
7828 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal
7829 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_MAX: highest possible FTM responder stats attribute
7830 */
7831enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats {
7832 __NL80211_FTM_STATS_INVALID,
7833 NL80211_FTM_STATS_SUCCESS_NUM,
7834 NL80211_FTM_STATS_PARTIAL_NUM,
7835 NL80211_FTM_STATS_FAILED_NUM,
7836 NL80211_FTM_STATS_ASAP_NUM,
7837 NL80211_FTM_STATS_NON_ASAP_NUM,
7838 NL80211_FTM_STATS_TOTAL_DURATION_MSEC,
7839 NL80211_FTM_STATS_UNKNOWN_TRIGGERS_NUM,
7840 NL80211_FTM_STATS_RESCHEDULE_REQUESTS_NUM,
7841 NL80211_FTM_STATS_OUT_OF_WINDOW_TRIGGERS_NUM,
7842 NL80211_FTM_STATS_PAD,
7843
7844 /* keep last */
7845 __NL80211_FTM_STATS_AFTER_LAST,
7846 NL80211_FTM_STATS_MAX = __NL80211_FTM_STATS_AFTER_LAST - 1
7847};
7848
7849/**
7850 * enum nl80211_preamble - frame preamble types
7851 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_LEGACY: legacy (HR/DSSS, OFDM, ERP PHY) preamble
7852 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_HT: HT preamble
7853 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_VHT: VHT preamble
7854 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_DMG: DMG preamble
7855 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_HE: HE preamble
7856 */
7857enum nl80211_preamble {
7858 NL80211_PREAMBLE_LEGACY,
7859 NL80211_PREAMBLE_HT,
7860 NL80211_PREAMBLE_VHT,
7861 NL80211_PREAMBLE_DMG,
7862 NL80211_PREAMBLE_HE,
7863};
7864
7865/**
7866 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type - peer measurement types
7867 * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_INVALID: invalid/unused, needed as we use
7868 * these numbers also for attributes
7869 *
7870 * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_FTM: flight time measurement
7871 *
7872 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES: internal
7873 * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_MAX: highest type number
7874 */
7875enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type {
7876 NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_INVALID,
7877
7878 NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_FTM,
7879
7880 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES,
7881 NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES - 1
7882};
7883
7884/**
7885 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status - peer measurement status
7886 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_SUCCESS: measurement completed successfully
7887 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_REFUSED: measurement was locally refused
7888 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_TIMEOUT: measurement timed out
7889 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE: measurement failed, a type-dependent
7890 * reason may be available in the response data
7891 */
7892enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status {
7893 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_SUCCESS,
7894 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_REFUSED,
7895 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_TIMEOUT,
7896 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE,
7897};
7898
7899/**
7900 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req - peer measurement request attributes
7901 * @__NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
7902 *
7903 * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_DATA: This is a nested attribute with measurement
7904 * type-specific request data inside. The attributes used are from the
7905 * enums named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_req.
7906 * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_GET_AP_TSF: include AP TSF timestamp, if supported
7907 * (flag attribute)
7908 *
7909 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS: internal
7910 * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
7911 */
7912enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req {
7913 __NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_INVALID,
7914
7915 NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_DATA,
7916 NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_GET_AP_TSF,
7917
7918 /* keep last */
7919 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS,
7920 NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS - 1
7921};
7922
7923/**
7924 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp - peer measurement response attributes
7925 * @__NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
7926 *
7927 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_DATA: This is a nested attribute with measurement
7928 * type-specific results inside. The attributes used are from the enums
7929 * named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_resp.
7930 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_STATUS: u32 value with the measurement status
7931 * (using values from &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status.)
7932 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_HOST_TIME: host time (%CLOCK_BOOTTIME) when the
7933 * result was measured; this value is not expected to be accurate to
7934 * more than 20ms. (u64, nanoseconds)
7935 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_AP_TSF: TSF of the AP that the interface
7936 * doing the measurement is connected to when the result was measured.
7937 * This shall be accurately reported if supported and requested
7938 * (u64, usec)
7939 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_FINAL: If results are sent to the host partially
7940 * (*e.g. with FTM per-burst data) this flag will be cleared on all but
7941 * the last result; if all results are combined it's set on the single
7942 * result.
7943 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_PAD: padding for 64-bit attributes, ignore
7944 *
7945 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS: internal
7946 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
7947 */
7948enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp {
7949 __NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_INVALID,
7950
7951 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_DATA,
7952 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_STATUS,
7953 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_HOST_TIME,
7954 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_AP_TSF,
7955 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_FINAL,
7956 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_PAD,
7957
7958 /* keep last */
7959 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS,
7960 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS - 1
7961};
7962
7963/**
7964 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs - peer attributes for measurement
7965 * @__NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
7966 *
7967 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_ADDR: peer's MAC address
7968 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_CHAN: channel definition, nested, using top-level
7969 * attributes like %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ etc.
7970 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_REQ: This is a nested attribute indexed by
7971 * measurement type, with attributes from the
7972 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req inside.
7973 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_RESP: This is a nested attribute indexed by
7974 * measurement type, with attributes from the
7975 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp inside.
7976 *
7977 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS: internal
7978 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
7979 */
7980enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs {
7981 __NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_INVALID,
7982
7983 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_ADDR,
7984 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_CHAN,
7985 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_REQ,
7986 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_RESP,
7987
7988 /* keep last */
7989 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS,
7990 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS - 1,
7991};
7992
7993/**
7994 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs - peer measurement attributes
7995 * @__NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
7996 *
7997 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX_PEERS: u32 attribute used for capability
7998 * advertisement only, indicates the maximum number of peers
7999 * measurements can be done with in a single request
8000 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_REPORT_AP_TSF: flag attribute in capability
8001 * indicating that the connected AP's TSF can be reported in
8002 * measurement results
8003 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_RANDOMIZE_MAC_ADDR: flag attribute in capability
8004 * indicating that MAC address randomization is supported.
8005 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_TYPE_CAPA: capabilities reported by the device,
8006 * this contains a nesting indexed by measurement type, and
8007 * type-specific capabilities inside, which are from the enums
8008 * named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_capa.
8009 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_PEERS: nested attribute, the nesting index is
8010 * meaningless, just a list of peers to measure with, with the
8011 * sub-attributes taken from
8012 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs.
8013 *
8014 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR: internal
8015 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
8016 */
8017enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs {
8018 __NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_INVALID,
8019
8020 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX_PEERS,
8021 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_REPORT_AP_TSF,
8022 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_RANDOMIZE_MAC_ADDR,
8023 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_TYPE_CAPA,
8024 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_PEERS,
8025
8026 /* keep last */
8027 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR,
8028 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR - 1
8029};
8030
8031/**
8032 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_capa - FTM capabilities
8033 * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
8034 *
8035 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_ASAP: flag attribute indicating ASAP mode
8036 * is supported
8037 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_ASAP: flag attribute indicating non-ASAP
8038 * mode is supported
8039 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_LCI: flag attribute indicating if LCI
8040 * data can be requested during the measurement
8041 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_CIVICLOC: flag attribute indicating if civic
8042 * location data can be requested during the measurement
8043 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_PREAMBLES: u32 bitmap attribute of bits
8044 * from &enum nl80211_preamble.
8045 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_BANDWIDTHS: bitmap of values from
8046 * &enum nl80211_chan_width indicating the supported channel
8047 * bandwidths for FTM. Note that a higher channel bandwidth may be
8048 * configured to allow for other measurements types with different
8049 * bandwidth requirement in the same measurement.
8050 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_BURSTS_EXPONENT: u32 attribute indicating
8051 * the maximum bursts exponent that can be used (if not present anything
8052 * is valid)
8053 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_FTMS_PER_BURST: u32 attribute indicating
8054 * the maximum FTMs per burst (if not present anything is valid)
8055 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED: flag attribute indicating if
8056 * trigger based ranging measurement is supported
8057 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED: flag attribute indicating
8058 * if non-trigger-based ranging measurement is supported
8059 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_6GHZ_SUPPORT: flag attribute indicating if
8060 * ranging on the 6 GHz band is supported
8061 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_TX_LTF_REP: u32 attribute indicating
8062 * the maximum number of LTF repetitions the device can transmit in the
8063 * preamble of the ranging NDP (zero means only one LTF, no repetitions)
8064 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_RX_LTF_REP: u32 attribute indicating
8065 * the maximum number of LTF repetitions the device can receive in the
8066 * preamble of the ranging NDP (zero means only one LTF, no repetitions)
8067 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_TX_STS: u32 attribute indicating
8068 * the maximum number of space-time streams supported for ranging NDP TX
8069 * (zero-based)
8070 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_RX_STS: u32 attribute indicating
8071 * the maximum number of space-time streams supported for ranging NDP RX
8072 * (zero-based)
8073 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_TOTAL_LTF_TX: u32 attribute indicating the
8074 * maximum total number of LTFs the device can transmit. The total number
8075 * of LTFs is (number of LTF repetitions) * (number of space-time streams).
8076 * This limits the allowed combinations of LTF repetitions and STS.
8077 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_TOTAL_LTF_RX: u32 attribute indicating the
8078 * maximum total number of LTFs the device can receive. The total number
8079 * of LTFs is (number of LTF repetitions) * (number of space-time streams).
8080 * This limits the allowed combinations of LTF repetitions and STS.
8081 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_RSTA_SUPPORT: flag attribute indicating the
8082 * device supports operating as the RSTA in PMSR FTM request
8083 *
8084 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR: internal
8085 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
8086 */
8087enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_capa {
8088 __NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_INVALID,
8089
8090 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_ASAP,
8091 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_ASAP,
8092 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_LCI,
8093 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_CIVICLOC,
8094 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_PREAMBLES,
8095 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_BANDWIDTHS,
8096 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_BURSTS_EXPONENT,
8097 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_FTMS_PER_BURST,
8098 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED,
8099 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED,
8100 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_6GHZ_SUPPORT,
8101 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_TX_LTF_REP,
8102 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_RX_LTF_REP,
8103 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_TX_STS,
8104 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_RX_STS,
8105 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_TOTAL_LTF_TX,
8106 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_TOTAL_LTF_RX,
8107 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_RSTA_SUPPORT,
8108
8109 /* keep last */
8110 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR,
8111 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR - 1
8112};
8113
8114/**
8115 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_req - FTM request attributes
8116 * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
8117 *
8118 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_ASAP: ASAP mode requested (flag)
8119 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_PREAMBLE: preamble type (see
8120 * &enum nl80211_preamble), optional for DMG (u32)
8121 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP: number of bursts exponent as in
8122 * 802.11-2016 9.4.2.168 "Fine Timing Measurement Parameters element"
8123 * (u8, 0-15, optional with default 15 i.e. "no preference". No limit for
8124 * non-EDCA ranging)
8125 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_PERIOD: interval between bursts in units
8126 * of 100ms (u16, optional with default 0)
8127 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_DURATION: burst duration, as in 802.11-2016
8128 * Table 9-257 "Burst Duration field encoding" (u8, 0-15, optional with
8129 * default 15 i.e. "no preference"). For non-EDCA ranging, this is the
8130 * burst duration in milliseconds (optional with default 0, i.e. let the
8131 * device decide).
8132 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST: number of successful FTM frames
8133 * requested per burst
8134 * (u8, 0-31, optional with default 0 i.e. "no preference")
8135 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_RETRIES: number of FTMR frame retries
8136 * (u8, default 3)
8137 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_LCI: request LCI data (flag)
8138 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_CIVICLOC: request civic location data
8139 * (flag)
8140 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED: request trigger based ranging
8141 * measurement (flag).
8142 * This attribute and %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED are
8143 * mutually exclusive.
8144 * if neither %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED nor
8145 * %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED is set, EDCA based
8146 * ranging will be used.
8147 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED: request non-trigger-based
8148 * ranging measurement (flag)
8149 * This attribute and %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED are
8150 * mutually exclusive.
8151 * if neither %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED nor
8152 * %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED is set, EDCA based
8153 * ranging will be used.
8154 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_LMR_FEEDBACK: negotiate for LMR feedback. Only
8155 * valid if either %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED or
8156 * %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED is set.
8157 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BSS_COLOR: optional. The BSS color of the
8158 * responder. Only valid if %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED
8159 * or %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED is set.
8160 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_RSTA: optional. Request to perform the measurement
8161 * as the RSTA (flag). When set, the device is expected to dwell on the
8162 * channel specified in %NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_CHAN until it receives the
8163 * FTM request from the peer or the timeout specified by
8164 * %NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT has expired.
8165 * Only valid if %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_LMR_FEEDBACK is set (so the
8166 * RSTA will have the measurement results to report back in the FTM
8167 * response).
8168 *
8169 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR: internal
8170 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
8171 */
8172enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_req {
8173 __NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_INVALID,
8174
8175 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_ASAP,
8176 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_PREAMBLE,
8177 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP,
8178 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_PERIOD,
8179 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_DURATION,
8180 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST,
8181 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_RETRIES,
8182 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_LCI,
8183 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_CIVICLOC,
8184 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED,
8185 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED,
8186 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_LMR_FEEDBACK,
8187 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BSS_COLOR,
8188 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_RSTA,
8189
8190 /* keep last */
8191 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR,
8192 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR - 1
8193};
8194
8195/**
8196 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons - FTM failure reasons
8197 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_UNSPECIFIED: unspecified failure, not used
8198 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_NO_RESPONSE: no response from the FTM responder
8199 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_REJECTED: FTM responder rejected measurement
8200 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_WRONG_CHANNEL: we already know the peer is
8201 * on a different channel, so can't measure (if we didn't know, we'd
8202 * try and get no response)
8203 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_NOT_CAPABLE: peer can't actually do FTM
8204 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_INVALID_TIMESTAMP: invalid T1/T4 timestamps
8205 * received
8206 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY: peer reports busy, you may retry
8207 * later (see %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME)
8208 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_BAD_CHANGED_PARAMS: parameters were changed
8209 * by the peer and are no longer supported
8210 */
8211enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons {
8212 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_UNSPECIFIED,
8213 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_NO_RESPONSE,
8214 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_REJECTED,
8215 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_WRONG_CHANNEL,
8216 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_NOT_CAPABLE,
8217 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_INVALID_TIMESTAMP,
8218 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY,
8219 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_BAD_CHANGED_PARAMS,
8220};
8221
8222/**
8223 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_resp - FTM response attributes
8224 * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
8225 *
8226 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FAIL_REASON: FTM-specific failure reason
8227 * (u32, optional)
8228 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_INDEX: optional, if bursts are reported
8229 * as separate results then it will be the burst index 0...(N-1) and
8230 * the top level will indicate partial results (u32)
8231 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_ATTEMPTS: number of FTM Request frames
8232 * transmitted (u32, optional)
8233 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_SUCCESSES: number of FTM Request frames
8234 * that were acknowledged (u32, optional)
8235 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME: retry time received from the
8236 * busy peer (u32, seconds)
8237 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP: actual number of bursts exponent
8238 * used by the responder (similar to request, u8)
8239 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_DURATION: actual burst duration used by
8240 * the responder (similar to request, u8)
8241 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST: actual FTMs per burst used
8242 * by the responder (similar to request, u8)
8243 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_AVG: average RSSI across all FTM action
8244 * frames (optional, s32, 1/2 dBm)
8245 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_SPREAD: RSSI spread across all FTM action
8246 * frames (optional, s32, 1/2 dBm)
8247 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_TX_RATE: bitrate we used for the response to the
8248 * FTM action frame (optional, nested, using &enum nl80211_rate_info
8249 * attributes)
8250 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RX_RATE: bitrate the responder used for the FTM
8251 * action frame (optional, nested, using &enum nl80211_rate_info attrs)
8252 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_AVG: average RTT (s64, picoseconds, optional
8253 * but one of RTT/DIST must be present)
8254 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_VARIANCE: RTT variance (u64, ps^2, note that
8255 * standard deviation is the square root of variance, optional)
8256 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_SPREAD: RTT spread (u64, picoseconds,
8257 * optional)
8258 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_AVG: average distance (s64, mm, optional
8259 * but one of RTT/DIST must be present)
8260 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_VARIANCE: distance variance (u64, mm^2, note
8261 * that standard deviation is the square root of variance, optional)
8262 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_SPREAD: distance spread (u64, mm, optional)
8263 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI: LCI data from peer (binary, optional);
8264 * this is the contents of the Measurement Report Element (802.11-2016
8265 * 9.4.2.22.1) starting with the Measurement Token, with Measurement
8266 * Type 8.
8267 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC: civic location data from peer
8268 * (binary, optional);
8269 * this is the contents of the Measurement Report Element (802.11-2016
8270 * 9.4.2.22.1) starting with the Measurement Token, with Measurement
8271 * Type 11.
8272 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_PAD: ignore, for u64/s64 padding only
8273 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_PERIOD: actual burst period used by
8274 * the responder (similar to request, u16)
8275 *
8276 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR: internal
8277 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
8278 */
8279enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_resp {
8280 __NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID,
8281
8282 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FAIL_REASON,
8283 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_INDEX,
8284 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_ATTEMPTS,
8285 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_SUCCESSES,
8286 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME,
8287 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP,
8288 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_DURATION,
8289 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST,
8290 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_AVG,
8291 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_SPREAD,
8292 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_TX_RATE,
8293 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RX_RATE,
8294 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_AVG,
8295 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_VARIANCE,
8296 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_SPREAD,
8297 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_AVG,
8298 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_VARIANCE,
8299 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_SPREAD,
8300 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI,
8301 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC,
8302 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_PAD,
8303 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_PERIOD,
8304
8305 /* keep last */
8306 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR,
8307 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR - 1
8308};
8309
8310/**
8311 * enum nl80211_obss_pd_attributes - OBSS packet detection attributes
8312 * @__NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
8313 *
8314 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MIN_OFFSET: the OBSS PD minimum tx power offset.
8315 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX_OFFSET: the OBSS PD maximum tx power offset.
8316 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_NON_SRG_MAX_OFFSET: the non-SRG OBSS PD maximum
8317 * tx power offset.
8318 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_BSS_COLOR_BITMAP: bitmap that indicates the BSS color
8319 * values used by members of the SRG.
8320 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_PARTIAL_BSSID_BITMAP: bitmap that indicates the partial
8321 * BSSID values used by members of the SRG.
8322 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_SR_CTRL: The SR Control field of SRP element.
8323 *
8324 * @__NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_LAST: Internal
8325 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX: highest OBSS PD attribute.
8326 */
8327enum nl80211_obss_pd_attributes {
8328 __NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_INVALID,
8329
8330 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MIN_OFFSET,
8331 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX_OFFSET,
8332 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_NON_SRG_MAX_OFFSET,
8333 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_BSS_COLOR_BITMAP,
8334 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_PARTIAL_BSSID_BITMAP,
8335 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_SR_CTRL,
8336
8337 /* keep last */
8338 __NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_LAST,
8339 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_LAST - 1,
8340};
8341
8342/**
8343 * enum nl80211_bss_color_attributes - BSS Color attributes
8344 * @__NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
8345 *
8346 * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_COLOR: the current BSS Color.
8347 * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_DISABLED: is BSS coloring disabled.
8348 * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_PARTIAL: the AID equation to be used..
8349 *
8350 * @__NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_LAST: Internal
8351 * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_MAX: highest BSS Color attribute.
8352 */
8353enum nl80211_bss_color_attributes {
8354 __NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_INVALID,
8355
8356 NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_COLOR,
8357 NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_DISABLED,
8358 NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_PARTIAL,
8359
8360 /* keep last */
8361 __NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_LAST,
8362 NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_LAST - 1,
8363};
8364
8365/**
8366 * enum nl80211_iftype_akm_attributes - interface type AKM attributes
8367 * @__NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
8368 *
8369 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing a flag
8370 * attribute for each interface type that supports AKM suites specified in
8371 * %NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_SUITES
8372 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_SUITES: an array of u32. Used to indicate supported
8373 * AKM suites for the specified interface types.
8374 *
8375 * @__NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_LAST: Internal
8376 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_MAX: highest interface type AKM attribute.
8377 */
8378enum nl80211_iftype_akm_attributes {
8379 __NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_INVALID,
8380
8381 NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_IFTYPES,
8382 NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_SUITES,
8383
8384 /* keep last */
8385 __NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_LAST,
8386 NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_LAST - 1,
8387};
8388
8389/**
8390 * enum nl80211_fils_discovery_attributes - FILS discovery configuration
8391 * from IEEE Std 802.11ai-2016, Annex C.3 MIB detail.
8392 *
8393 * @__NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
8394 *
8395 * @NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INT_MIN: Minimum packet interval (u32, TU).
8396 * Allowed range: 0..10000 (TU = Time Unit)
8397 * @NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INT_MAX: Maximum packet interval (u32, TU).
8398 * Allowed range: 0..10000 (TU = Time Unit). If set to 0, the feature is disabled.
8399 * @NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_TMPL: Template data for FILS discovery action
8400 * frame including the headers.
8401 *
8402 * @__NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_LAST: Internal
8403 * @NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute
8404 */
8405enum nl80211_fils_discovery_attributes {
8406 __NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INVALID,
8407
8408 NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INT_MIN,
8409 NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INT_MAX,
8410 NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_TMPL,
8411
8412 /* keep last */
8413 __NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_LAST,
8414 NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_LAST - 1
8415};
8416
8417/*
8418 * FILS discovery template minimum length with action frame headers and
8419 * mandatory fields.
8420 */
8421#define NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_TMPL_MIN_LEN 42
8422
8423/**
8424 * enum nl80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp_attributes - Unsolicited broadcast probe
8425 * response configuration. Applicable only in 6GHz.
8426 *
8427 * @__NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
8428 *
8429 * @NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_INT: Maximum packet interval (u32, TU).
8430 * Allowed range: 0..20 (TU = Time Unit). IEEE P802.11ax/D6.0
8431 * 26.17.2.3.2 (AP behavior for fast passive scanning). If set to 0, the feature is
8432 * disabled.
8433 * @NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_TMPL: Unsolicited broadcast probe response
8434 * frame template (binary).
8435 *
8436 * @__NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_LAST: Internal
8437 * @NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute
8438 */
8439enum nl80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp_attributes {
8440 __NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_INVALID,
8441
8442 NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_INT,
8443 NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_TMPL,
8444
8445 /* keep last */
8446 __NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_LAST,
8447 NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_MAX =
8448 __NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_LAST - 1
8449};
8450
8451/**
8452 * enum nl80211_sae_pwe_mechanism - The mechanism(s) allowed for SAE PWE
8453 * derivation. Applicable only when WPA3-Personal SAE authentication is
8454 * used.
8455 *
8456 * @NL80211_SAE_PWE_UNSPECIFIED: not specified, used internally to indicate that
8457 * attribute is not present from userspace.
8458 * @NL80211_SAE_PWE_HUNT_AND_PECK: hunting-and-pecking loop only
8459 * @NL80211_SAE_PWE_HASH_TO_ELEMENT: hash-to-element only
8460 * @NL80211_SAE_PWE_BOTH: both hunting-and-pecking loop and hash-to-element
8461 * can be used.
8462 */
8463enum nl80211_sae_pwe_mechanism {
8464 NL80211_SAE_PWE_UNSPECIFIED,
8465 NL80211_SAE_PWE_HUNT_AND_PECK,
8466 NL80211_SAE_PWE_HASH_TO_ELEMENT,
8467 NL80211_SAE_PWE_BOTH,
8468};
8469
8470/**
8471 * enum nl80211_sar_type - type of SAR specs
8472 *
8473 * @NL80211_SAR_TYPE_POWER: power limitation specified in 0.25dBm unit
8474 *
8475 * @NUM_NL80211_SAR_TYPE: internal
8476 */
8477enum nl80211_sar_type {
8478 NL80211_SAR_TYPE_POWER,
8479
8480 /* add new type here */
8481
8482 /* Keep last */
8483 NUM_NL80211_SAR_TYPE,
8484};
8485
8486/**
8487 * enum nl80211_sar_attrs - Attributes for SAR spec
8488 *
8489 * @__NL80211_SAR_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
8490 *
8491 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_TYPE: the SAR type as defined in &enum nl80211_sar_type.
8492 *
8493 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS: Nested array of SAR power
8494 * limit specifications. Each specification contains a set
8495 * of %nl80211_sar_specs_attrs.
8496 *
8497 * For SET operation, it contains array of %NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_POWER
8498 * and %NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_RANGE_INDEX.
8499 *
8500 * For sar_capa dump, it contains array of
8501 * %NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_START_FREQ
8502 * and %NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_END_FREQ.
8503 *
8504 * @__NL80211_SAR_ATTR_LAST: Internal
8505 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_MAX: highest sar attribute
8506 *
8507 * These attributes are used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_SAR_SPEC
8508 */
8509enum nl80211_sar_attrs {
8510 __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_INVALID,
8511
8512 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_TYPE,
8513 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS,
8514
8515 __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_LAST,
8516 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_LAST - 1,
8517};
8518
8519/**
8520 * enum nl80211_sar_specs_attrs - Attributes for SAR power limit specs
8521 *
8522 * @__NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_INVALID: Invalid
8523 *
8524 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_POWER: Required (s32)value to specify the actual
8525 * power limit value in units of 0.25 dBm if type is
8526 * NL80211_SAR_TYPE_POWER. (i.e., a value of 44 represents 11 dBm).
8527 * 0 means userspace doesn't have SAR limitation on this associated range.
8528 *
8529 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_RANGE_INDEX: Required (u32) value to specify the
8530 * index of exported freq range table and the associated power limitation
8531 * is applied to this range.
8532 *
8533 * Userspace isn't required to set all the ranges advertised by WLAN driver,
8534 * and userspace can skip some certain ranges. These skipped ranges don't
8535 * have SAR limitations, and they are same as setting the
8536 * %NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_POWER to any unreasonable high value because any
8537 * value higher than regulatory allowed value just means SAR power
8538 * limitation is removed, but it's required to set at least one range.
8539 * It's not allowed to set duplicated range in one SET operation.
8540 *
8541 * Every SET operation overwrites previous SET operation.
8542 *
8543 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_START_FREQ: Required (u32) value to specify the start
8544 * frequency of this range edge when registering SAR capability to wiphy.
8545 * It's not a channel center frequency. The unit is kHz.
8546 *
8547 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_END_FREQ: Required (u32) value to specify the end
8548 * frequency of this range edge when registering SAR capability to wiphy.
8549 * It's not a channel center frequency. The unit is kHz.
8550 *
8551 * @__NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_LAST: Internal
8552 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_MAX: highest sar specs attribute
8553 */
8554enum nl80211_sar_specs_attrs {
8555 __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_INVALID,
8556
8557 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_POWER,
8558 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_RANGE_INDEX,
8559 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_START_FREQ,
8560 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_END_FREQ,
8561
8562 __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_LAST,
8563 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_MAX = __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_LAST - 1,
8564};
8565
8566/**
8567 * enum nl80211_mbssid_config_attributes - multiple BSSID (MBSSID) and enhanced
8568 * multi-BSSID advertisements (EMA) in AP mode.
8569 * Kernel uses some of these attributes to advertise driver's support for
8570 * MBSSID and EMA.
8571 * Remaining attributes should be used by the userspace to configure the
8572 * features.
8573 *
8574 * @__NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
8575 *
8576 * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX_INTERFACES: Used by the kernel to advertise
8577 * the maximum number of MBSSID interfaces supported by the driver.
8578 * Driver should indicate MBSSID support by setting
8579 * wiphy->mbssid_max_interfaces to a value more than or equal to 2.
8580 *
8581 * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX_EMA_PROFILE_PERIODICITY: Used by the kernel
8582 * to advertise the maximum profile periodicity supported by the driver
8583 * if EMA is enabled. Driver should indicate EMA support to the userspace
8584 * by setting wiphy->ema_max_profile_periodicity to
8585 * a non-zero value.
8586 *
8587 * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_INDEX: Mandatory parameter to pass the index of
8588 * this BSS (u8) in the multiple BSSID set.
8589 * Value must be set to 0 for the transmitting interface and non-zero for
8590 * all non-transmitting interfaces. The userspace will be responsible
8591 * for using unique indices for the interfaces.
8592 * Range: 0 to wiphy->mbssid_max_interfaces-1.
8593 *
8594 * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_IFINDEX: Mandatory parameter for
8595 * a non-transmitted profile which provides the interface index (u32) of
8596 * the transmitted profile. The value must match one of the interface
8597 * indices advertised by the kernel. Optional if the interface being set up
8598 * is the transmitting one, however, if provided then the value must match
8599 * the interface index of the same.
8600 *
8601 * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_EMA: Flag used to enable EMA AP feature.
8602 * Setting this flag is permitted only if the driver advertises EMA support
8603 * by setting wiphy->ema_max_profile_periodicity to non-zero.
8604 *
8605 * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_LINK_ID: Link ID of the transmitted profile.
8606 * This parameter is mandatory when NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_CONFIG attributes
8607 * are sent for a non-transmitted profile and if the transmitted profile
8608 * is part of an MLD. For all other cases this parameter is unnecessary.
8609 *
8610 * @__NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_LAST: Internal
8611 * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute
8612 */
8613enum nl80211_mbssid_config_attributes {
8614 __NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_INVALID,
8615
8616 NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX_INTERFACES,
8617 NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX_EMA_PROFILE_PERIODICITY,
8618 NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_INDEX,
8619 NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_IFINDEX,
8620 NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_EMA,
8621 NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_LINK_ID,
8622
8623 /* keep last */
8624 __NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_LAST,
8625 NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_LAST - 1,
8626};
8627
8628/**
8629 * enum nl80211_ap_settings_flags - AP settings flags
8630 *
8631 * @NL80211_AP_SETTINGS_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: AP supports external
8632 * authentication.
8633 * @NL80211_AP_SETTINGS_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT: Userspace supports SA Query
8634 * procedures offload to driver. If driver advertises
8635 * %NL80211_AP_SME_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD in AP SME features, userspace shall
8636 * ignore SA Query procedures and validations when this flag is set by
8637 * userspace.
8638 */
8639enum nl80211_ap_settings_flags {
8640 NL80211_AP_SETTINGS_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT = 1 << 0,
8641 NL80211_AP_SETTINGS_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT = 1 << 1,
8642};
8643
8644/**
8645 * enum nl80211_wiphy_radio_attrs - wiphy radio attributes
8646 *
8647 * @__NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
8648 *
8649 * @NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_ATTR_INDEX: Index of this radio (u32)
8650 * @NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE: Frequency range supported by this
8651 * radio. Attribute may be present multiple times.
8652 * @NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATION: Supported interface
8653 * combination for this radio. Attribute may be present multiple times
8654 * and contains attributes defined in &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs.
8655 * @NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_ATTR_ANTENNA_MASK: bitmask (u32) of antennas
8656 * connected to this radio.
8657 * @NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_ATTR_RTS_THRESHOLD: RTS threshold (u32) of this radio.
8658 *
8659 * @__NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_ATTR_LAST: Internal
8660 * @NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_ATTR_MAX: Highest attribute
8661 */
8662enum nl80211_wiphy_radio_attrs {
8663 __NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_ATTR_INVALID,
8664
8665 NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_ATTR_INDEX,
8666 NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE,
8667 NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATION,
8668 NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_ATTR_ANTENNA_MASK,
8669 NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_ATTR_RTS_THRESHOLD,
8670
8671 /* keep last */
8672 __NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_ATTR_LAST,
8673 NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_ATTR_LAST - 1,
8674};
8675
8676/**
8677 * enum nl80211_wiphy_radio_freq_range - wiphy radio frequency range
8678 *
8679 * @__NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_FREQ_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
8680 *
8681 * @NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_FREQ_ATTR_START: Frequency range start (u32).
8682 * The unit is kHz.
8683 * @NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_FREQ_ATTR_END: Frequency range end (u32).
8684 * The unit is kHz.
8685 *
8686 * @__NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_FREQ_ATTR_LAST: Internal
8687 * @NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_FREQ_ATTR_MAX: Highest attribute
8688 */
8689enum nl80211_wiphy_radio_freq_range {
8690 __NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_FREQ_ATTR_INVALID,
8691
8692 NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_FREQ_ATTR_START,
8693 NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_FREQ_ATTR_END,
8694
8695 __NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_FREQ_ATTR_LAST,
8696 NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_FREQ_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_FREQ_ATTR_LAST - 1,
8697};
8698
8699/**
8700 * enum nl80211_s1g_short_beacon_attrs - S1G short beacon data
8701 *
8702 * @__NL80211_S1G_SHORT_BEACON_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
8703 *
8704 * @NL80211_S1G_SHORT_BEACON_ATTR_HEAD: Short beacon head (binary).
8705 * @NL80211_S1G_SHORT_BEACON_ATTR_TAIL: Short beacon tail (binary).
8706 *
8707 * @__NL80211_S1G_SHORT_BEACON_ATTR_LAST: Internal
8708 * @NL80211_S1G_SHORT_BEACON_ATTR_MAX: Highest attribute
8709 */
8710enum nl80211_s1g_short_beacon_attrs {
8711 __NL80211_S1G_SHORT_BEACON_ATTR_INVALID,
8712
8713 NL80211_S1G_SHORT_BEACON_ATTR_HEAD,
8714 NL80211_S1G_SHORT_BEACON_ATTR_TAIL,
8715
8716 /* keep last */
8717 __NL80211_S1G_SHORT_BEACON_ATTR_LAST,
8718 NL80211_S1G_SHORT_BEACON_ATTR_MAX =
8719 __NL80211_S1G_SHORT_BEACON_ATTR_LAST - 1
8720};
8721
8722/**
8723 * enum nl80211_nan_capabilities - NAN (Neighbor Aware Networking)
8724 * capabilities.
8725 *
8726 * @__NL80211_NAN_CAPABILITIES_INVALID: Invalid.
8727 * @NL80211_NAN_CAPA_CONFIGURABLE_SYNC: Flag attribute indicating that
8728 * the device supports configurable synchronization. If set, the device
8729 * should be able to handle %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_CONFIG
8730 * attribute in the %NL80211_CMD_START_NAN (and change) command.
8731 * @NL80211_NAN_CAPA_USERSPACE_DE: Flag attribute indicating that
8732 * NAN Discovery Engine (DE) is not offloaded and the driver assumes
8733 * user space DE implementation. When set, %NL80211_CMD_ADD_NAN_FUNCTION,
8734 * %NL80211_CMD_DEL_NAN_FUNCTION and %NL80211_CMD_NAN_MATCH commands
8735 * should not be used. In addition, the device/driver should support
8736 * sending discovery window (DW) notifications using
8737 * %NL80211_CMD_NAN_NEXT_DW_NOTIFICATION and handling transmission and
8738 * reception of NAN SDF frames on NAN device interface during DW windows.
8739 * (%NL80211_CMD_FRAME is used to transmit SDFs)
8740 * @NL80211_NAN_CAPA_OP_MODE: u8 attribute indicating the supported operation
8741 * modes as defined in Wi-Fi Aware (TM) specification Table 81 (Operation
8742 * Mode field format).
8743 * @NL80211_NAN_CAPA_NUM_ANTENNAS: u8 attribute indicating the number of
8744 * TX and RX antennas supported by the device. Lower nibble indicates
8745 * the number of TX antennas and upper nibble indicates the number of RX
8746 * antennas. Value 0 indicates the information is not available.
8747 * See table 79 of Wi-Fi Aware (TM) specification (Number of
8748 * Antennas field).
8749 * @NL80211_NAN_CAPA_MAX_CHANNEL_SWITCH_TIME: u16 attribute indicating the
8750 * maximum time in microseconds that the device requires to switch
8751 * channels.
8752 * @NL80211_NAN_CAPA_CAPABILITIES: u8 attribute containing the
8753 * capabilities of the device as defined in Wi-Fi Aware (TM)
8754 * specification Table 79 (Capabilities field).
8755 * @NL80211_NAN_CAPA_PHY: nested attribute containing band-agnostic
8756 * capabilities for NAN data path. See &enum nl80211_nan_phy_cap_attr.
8757 * @__NL80211_NAN_CAPABILITIES_LAST: Internal
8758 * @NL80211_NAN_CAPABILITIES_MAX: Highest NAN capability attribute.
8759 */
8760enum nl80211_nan_capabilities {
8761 __NL80211_NAN_CAPABILITIES_INVALID,
8762
8763 NL80211_NAN_CAPA_CONFIGURABLE_SYNC,
8764 NL80211_NAN_CAPA_USERSPACE_DE,
8765 NL80211_NAN_CAPA_OP_MODE,
8766 NL80211_NAN_CAPA_NUM_ANTENNAS,
8767 NL80211_NAN_CAPA_MAX_CHANNEL_SWITCH_TIME,
8768 NL80211_NAN_CAPA_CAPABILITIES,
8769 NL80211_NAN_CAPA_PHY,
8770 /* keep last */
8771 __NL80211_NAN_CAPABILITIES_LAST,
8772 NL80211_NAN_CAPABILITIES_MAX = __NL80211_NAN_CAPABILITIES_LAST - 1,
8773};
8774
8775/**
8776 * enum nl80211_nan_peer_map_attrs - NAN peer schedule map attributes
8777 *
8778 * Nested attributes used within %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_PEER_MAPS to define
8779 * individual peer schedule maps.
8780 *
8781 * @__NL80211_NAN_PEER_MAP_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
8782 * @NL80211_NAN_PEER_MAP_ATTR_MAP_ID: (u8) The map ID for this schedule map.
8783 * @NL80211_NAN_PEER_MAP_ATTR_TIME_SLOTS: An array of u8 values with 32 cells.
8784 * Each value maps a time slot to a channel index within the schedule's
8785 * channel list (%NL80211_ATTR_NAN_CHANNEL attributes).
8786 * %NL80211_NAN_SCHED_NOT_AVAIL_SLOT indicates unscheduled.
8787 * @__NL80211_NAN_PEER_MAP_ATTR_LAST: Internal
8788 * @NL80211_NAN_PEER_MAP_ATTR_MAX: Highest peer map attribute
8789 */
8790enum nl80211_nan_peer_map_attrs {
8791 __NL80211_NAN_PEER_MAP_ATTR_INVALID,
8792
8793 NL80211_NAN_PEER_MAP_ATTR_MAP_ID,
8794 NL80211_NAN_PEER_MAP_ATTR_TIME_SLOTS,
8795
8796 /* keep last */
8797 __NL80211_NAN_PEER_MAP_ATTR_LAST,
8798 NL80211_NAN_PEER_MAP_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_NAN_PEER_MAP_ATTR_LAST - 1,
8799};
8800
8801#define NL80211_NAN_SCHED_NOT_AVAIL_SLOT 0xff
8802
8803#endif /* __LINUX_NL80211_H */